AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE Level I BOOk 1 LESSON 1 Summary

F. G. V. circle listen open write please that this to what alphabet clock example name number pen picture small window hallo lab chair your go to is

Hello. How are you? See you later. Good morning. Fine.thanks. Okay. Goodbye Listen. Whats that? Its an open the door. Whats this? This is a book. cerc; ciclu; a inconjura close a fi atent la; a asculta look a deschide; deschis; a incepe repeat a compune muzica; a scrie; scriere my a multumi; a satisface thats care; aceea; acela; incat; pentru ca; sa; ca the aceasta; acesta; asta whats catre; in comparatie cu; pana la; pentru; ca sa care?; ce?; ce fel?; cum? twenty alfabet book capital letter ceas; orologiu door exemplu letter nume; reputatie; a numi; a stabili; a alege notebook numar page ingraditura; stilou; tarc pencil tablou; fotografie; imagine sir mic; nensemnat table fereastra; vitrina word incuiat; inchis; apropiat privire; uitatura a repeta mea; mei; mele; meu articol hotarat douazeci carte; a inscrie; registru; a rezerva usa litera; scrisoare caiet de notite; maculator pagina; paj creion; a schita domnule mancare; masa cuvant; vorba; a redacta

a striga alo sau hei; alo; asculta(interj); hei laborator; Partidul Laburist(Anglia); laborator(presc) a instala(intr-o functie); catedra universitara; scaun dumitale; dumneavoastra; ta; tale; tau; tai; voastra; vostru; vostri; voastre a merge; a se duce; a deveni; energie; entuziasm; miscare; incercare; moda pers a III-a sing. indicativ prez. de la be (a fi)

hello Good morning. Whats your name? My name is. How are you. Fine thanks. See you later. Okay.Goodb ye.

A.Good morning. Z. Good morning. How are you? A. Fine, thanks .How are you. B. Z. Fine thanks. Ou, my teacher is in the classroom. C. See you later. D. Z.Okay.Goodbye. A.Good morning. Z.Good morning. How are you? A.Fine.Im Ted.Whats your name? Z..My name is Aldo. This (that) is a pencil. What is this? That is a pen. What + is = Whats Whats this? Its a book. That+is = That s Whats this? It + is = Its Open the window. Close the window. This is my pen. That's your pen. This is a book. Whats that? That is my chair. What is that? Thats a pencil. Thats your pen.

BOOk 1 LESSON 2 Summary G. V. am are and dont Im these those you barber\barbers cook\cooks doctor\doctors pilot\pilots radio\radios recorder\recorders tape\tapes esti; sunt; suntem; sunte iar; ;i acestea; acestia aceia; acelea voi; tu barbier; frizer a gati(mancare); bucatar; bucatareasa a trata(un bolnav); doctor; medic; a ingriji pilot; a pilota; ghid radio magnetofon banda de magnetofon; panglica Donclose the door. Please dont close the door. Whats that? Thatt her book. This is hie pen. What is Bill? Bill is a mechanic. What are thouse? Thouse are pencils. What are these? Thse are books.

teacher\teachers television\televisions youre speeli her his

profesor de liceu televiziune; televizor al tau; a ta; ai tai; ale tale; al vostru; a voastra; ai vostri; ale voastre a ortografia un cuv]nt; interval de timp(scurt); repaus; vraj dat ei; pe ea; ei(pron. posesiv); sa; ai lui/s[i; al lui/s[u; ale lui/sale; a lui/sa; \i; lui;

Go the window. Please dont open the window. Dont close the door. Open it. Dont write the word pen. Please write the word pencil. Listen. Dont repeat. Circle the letter. Dont circle the letter. Whats his name? Whats that? Whats that? Whats that? What are these? What are those? I am a mechanic You are a pilot Bill is a barber I+ am = Im You + are = Youre Bill + is = Bills We + are =were They + are = theyre His name is Ted. This is a table. These are tables. Thats her pencil Those are chairs These are books. What am I? Yourre a doctor Bills a teacher Im a student Youre a teacher Bills a pilot. What am I? What are you? Im a pilot Youre a cook. What is Betty? Whats that? What are those? Whats that? Whats that? Whats that? Im a student What are you? What is Bill? This is my book That is your pens. Those are window. That is a chair. These are pen.

What are you? Im a mechanic. What am I? Youre a teacher. Whats Betty? Bettys a doctor. What am I? Im a cook. Whats Joe? Joes amechanic. Whats Tom? Hes a student. A.Hello.My name is Bob. Whats your name? Z.My name is Ken. A.Repet your name, please. Z.Its Ken. A.Spell your name, please.Z. K_E_N. BOOk 1 LESSON 3 Summary

B G. He is a pilot. Hes not a mechanic. Shes a teacher. She isnt a student. We are a student? Were not teachers. Theyre doctors. They arent mechanics. What are you? Were mechanics .Is she a student? No, she isnt. Are they a mechanics? Yes, they are. V. no nu not nu she dansa; ea shes they ei; ele theyre we noi were yes da cent cent dime centi; moneda(amer) dollar dolar half jumatate; repriza; semestru money moneda; numerar; bani nickel nichel penny centima; gologan; peni quarter patrar al lunii; sfert de mila; sfert de ora; sfert rent nu esti; sunt; suntem; sunte isnt nu pers a III-a sing. indicativ prez. de la be (a fi) spell a ortografia un cuvant; interval de timp(scurt); repaus; vraja hes barbat; el; partic.care indica genul masc student control number

Bill + is = Bills a pilot. He + is = Hes They + are = Theyre doctors. We + are = Were Im not a pilot. Hes Were not a cooks. He is not = He isnt We are not = We arent

She + is = Shes You + are =Youre

Betty + is = Bettys It + is = Its

not a doctor. Shes not a student. Bills not a barber. Theyre not a mechanics. Youre not a teachers. She is not = She isnt You are not = you arent

They are not = They arent It (This; That;She;He) is a desk (a doctor; a pilot). Is he (she; this; that;it;) a barber (a teacher;a book) ? Thouse (These; They) are desks (doctors; pilots) Are these (thouse; they) barbers (teachers; desks?) Am I a student? Is he (she;it) a doctor (a mechanic)? Are you (we; they) students (pilots; mechanics)? It this (that) a pen? Yes, it is. No, it isnt.(isnt). It he (she) a doctor? Yes, he (she) is. No, he (she) isnt. Hes (shes) not. Are you a student? Yes, I am. No Im not. Are thes (thouse) a pencils? Yes, they are. No, they are not (arent). Are they (we; you) students? Yes, they (we; you) are. No, theyre (were; youre) not .No, they (we; you) arent.

John is a student. He isn't teacher. This my book. This is.t yout book He is a cook. He isnt a barber. My name isnt Yom.It.s John.You are dicror. You arent barber. They aret students. Theyre barbers.you arent teachers. Youre students. Is she a student. Are they students? Is he a pilot? Are they barbers. Are those books. Am I a student? Is it a book? Are we pilots? Are they mechanics? BOOk 1 LESSON 4 Summary G. V. sit a sta asezat; a sedea at de la; in; la; pe in in; la; din o'clock on in; pe; la blackboard tabla de scris calendar calendar chalckboard tabla de scris day in cursul zilei; ziua desk catedra; masa de scris; birou dialog convorbire; dialog map harta sound rasuna; sunet; a suna; zgomot time vreme; timp today azi; in zilele noastre tomorrow ziua de maine; maine wall intaritura; perete; zid week saptamana weekend sfarsit de saptamana Sunday duminica Monday luni Tuesday marti Wednesday miercuri Thursday joi Friday vineri Saturday simbatastand a sta in picioare; impotrivire; a se opune put trecut/part.trecut de la put; a instala; a pune box box; a boxa; cutie; a inchide; loja under sub influenta; mai jos de; mai putin de; sub; sub regimul; dedesubt; subaltern; inferior Are you student? Yes, I'm a student. No, I'm not a stedent. Is she teacher? Yes, she's a teacher. No, she is not a teacher. No, she isn't a teacher. Is this a pencil? Yes this is a pencil. No, this isn't a pencil. Are they doctors? Yes, they'rea doctors. No, they aren't doctoes. Is she a cook? No, she's not a cook' Am I a teacher? No, you're not a teacher. That's a map. That'e a wall. That's a chair.that's a door. The pencil is under the table. The clock is on the wall. Two desks are in the classroom. The map is on the wall. The book is on the table. The picture is on the wall. Are they pilots? Yes, they, are pilot. No, arent pilots. The calendar is on the wall. The students are in the lab. The pen is under the table.

What's on the wall? A map is on the wall. What's is on the table? A box is on the table. What's under the table? Two pictures are under table. What's in the desk? Pencils are in the desk. What's under the desk 'Four books are under the desk. What's in the classroom? A calendar ic in the classroom. What's on the chair? Three pens are on the chair. What's on the wall? A blackboard in on the wall.

BOOk 2 LESSON 1 Summary F. G. V. And iar ; si angry furios ; suparat bye bye la revedere!; pa cold happy incantat; nimerit; norocos; fericit hi lets go s a mergem; sa plecam Miss lovitura ratata; domnisoara; a Mr. Dl Mrs. dna Now acum old btrn; n vrst; vechi or ori; sau sad abtut; melancolic; trist sick indispus; bolnav tired obosit too prea; foarte; de asemenea very chiar; foarte; extrem de well bine; fntn; mulumitor; sond young tnr; nou; mic alphabet alfabet boy biat; biat de serviciu brother confrate; frate child copil children plural de la child(copil) consonant armonios; de acord; conform(cu) family familie father tata; parinte; creator friend prieten girl fata; slujnica man omenire(generic); om; barbat men plural de la man (barbat) mother mama sister infirmiera sefa; sora vowel vocala woman femeie women femei; femei hot arzator; muzica de dans cu ritm viu; picant; fierbinte; violent Glad to meet you Nice to meet you. What time it is? A. Dad, this is my friend Bob. Bob this is my father, Mr. Wilson. B. How are you Bob? Nice tomeet you. Bob, this is may friend Jeff. Jeff: Hi! Nice to meet you. He is tired. Is he happy? Lets go the lab. Bob is a pilot. Billis a pilot, too .Ted is a student and Joe is a mechanic. Is he in the lab or in the classroom?

A. B. C. D.

Fine, thanks. Nice to meet you too, Mr. Wilson. Linda, this is my friend Bob. Bob, this is my sister, Linda. Glad to meet you, Bob. Nice to meet you, Linda.

Hes happy. Shes sad. Hes angry. Hes sick. Shes hot. Hes very hot. Shes cold. Hes young. Hes old. Hes tired. Hes well. Bill (The student; She) is tired. You (The children; They; We) are sick. Is he very happy? Is the boy very old? Is the man very sick? You are student. I am a teacher. What are you and I? Im a student and youre a teacher. He is a cook. She is a teacher. What are they? He is a cook and she is a teacher. Bob is barber. Bill is a cook. What are Bob and bill? Bob is a barber and bill is a cook. Linda is a pilot. Ted is a doctor. What are Linda and Ted Linda is a pilot and Ted is a doctor. Is Bill (The student; She tired. Are you (The children; They; We) sic? Is she very angry? Is the woman very tired? Is the child very sad? Susan is a teacher. Mary is a mechanic. What are Susan and Mary Susan is a teacher and Mary a mechanic. Is Ted hot or cold. Ted is hot. Are they in the lab or in the classroom? They are in classroom. Is she sick or tired. She's tired.

BOOk 2 LESSON 2 Summary F. G. Whose book is this? Its Bettys. Tom is outside. Wheres Bill? Bills at the mess hall. Whose classroom is this. This is our classroom. a rspunde; rspuns; replic a apartine de la; in; la; pe viscere; dos; interior aparenta; exterior lor a; ai; ale carui/carei; a cui?; a cazarma ask an big our small where truly, base a ruga; a cere o; un; unii (inainte de vocale) important; mare; masiv nostru mic; neinsemnat incotro; pe unde; unde a pune bazele; baza; josnic

V. Answer belong at inside outside their whose barracks

bed bulletin board bus stop commissary dinning room mess hall question room snack bar schedule your

building cladire bus autobuz statie de autobuz BX (base exchange) dining hall sufragerie dispensary dispensar;farmacie; policlinica hospital spital; azil library biblioteca locator a chestiona; chestiune; intrebare; mess nutret; dezordine; incurcatura camera; spatiu bufet expres schema; a programa; program; plan dumitale; dumneavoastra; ta; tale; tau; tai; voastra; vostru; vostri; voastre These are buildings. This is a office. This is a big book. This is a small book. These are barracks. This is a schedule. This is a bus. This is a bus stop. These letters are big. These are big letters.

pat

This is a building. This is a bed. This book is big. This book is small. Where is the map? Where is the student? Where are the books? Where are the pilots?

The map is under desk The students are in the classroom. The book is on the chair. The pilots are the barracks.

Where + is =Wheres Wheres the desk? The desk is in the office. This is our classroom. This your lab. This their brother. Whose sister is she? She is his sister. Whose money is this? This is our money. Whose pens are these? They are my pens. Whose book is that? That is Bettys book. Whose books are those? Those are Bettys book That book belong to Betty. I am inside (outside). You (They; We; The boys) are inside (outside). He (Linda; She; It) is inside (outside). Where's the books. It's on the bed. Where are the chalkboards? They're in the room. Where is the pen It's under the table. Where is the schedule. It's on the buletin board. Where are the chair and the desk? They're in the office. A. Excuse me, please. Where's Tom? A. Is the classroom? A. Where's the barracks. A. Thank. you, sir. 1. They are students. 2. You are my students. Z. He's in his room. Z. No, he is in the barracks. He's sick. Z. It's Building 2999.

This is their barracks. These are your books.

3. We are teacher. 4. These are our books. 6. He's your friend. 8. This is your money. This is our classroom.

These are our classroom. 5. She's their sister. 7. That's our office. 9. That's their barracks. This is your lab. This is their brother.

1. Whats that? Thats our office. 3. What are those? Theyre your pencil. 5. Whats that? Thats our barracks. 7. Whats that? Its a your clock.

2. Whats this? Its their money. 4. What are these? These are their schedules. 6. What are those? Theyre your books. 8. What are those? Those are pictures.

Whose sister is she? She is his sister. Whose money is this? This is your money. Whose pens are these? They are my pen. Whose radio is this? That is my radio. Whose pen is that? Its his pen. Whose recorders are these? Theyre your recorders. Whose notebooks are these? Those are her notebooks. Whose television is that? Thats our television. Whose book is that? That is Bettys book. Whose books are those? Those are Bettys books. That is Bettys book = That book belong to Betty. Whose money is this? Thats Aldos money. Whose notebook are these Those are Bobs notebook. Whose pencils are these? Those are Susans pencils Whose classroom is this? Its Daves classroom. Whose recorder is this? This is Ados recorder. It belongs to Aldo. Whose is that? Thats Susans TV. It belongs to Susan. Whose dime is this? This is Bills dime. It belongs to Bill. Whose radio is that.That's Toms radio. It belongs to Tom. I am inside \outside They are inside \outside The boys are inside \outside He is inside \outside It is inside \outside You are inside \outside We are inside \outside Linda is inside \outside She is inside \outside

BOOk 2 LESSON 3 Summary F. What are you doing? Im eating lunch.

G. Im eating lunch. Im not eating breakfast. Are they eating lunch. No, they arent eating lunch. Is Jean eating lunch. Yes, she is. V. buy a cumpra; a corupe come sosit; venit come on hai! drink a bea; bautura eat a inghiti; a manca read a citi study ravna; birou; studiu talk a vorbi; a conversa an o; un; unii (inainte de vocale) bored plictisit here aici; incoace hungry flamand; infometat just just; corect nothing nimic now acum apple mar banana beef carne de vita bread paine breakfast micul dejun cherry cires; cirese; visin; visine chicken pui coffee cafea egg ou fish carne de peste; a pescui; peste food alimente; hran fruit fruct; rod juice suc; zeama; miez lamb miel; om bland; miel(carne de lunch lunch; pranz; a pranzi meal mancare; masa meat carne orange portocal; portocala; portocaliu pear para(fruct) pork carne de porc rice orez salad salata; amestecatura tea ceai; infuzie water apa; apa; a umezi; a uda watch a pandi; a veghea; paza; atentie; ceas; paznic Nothing much What are you doing? This is fish. This are eggs. This is rice. This is bread. This is lamb. This is sheep. This is a pear. This is an egg. This is a banana. This is fruit. This is pig. This is chicken. This is coffee. This is salad. This is cow. This is an apple. This is water. This is meat. This is beef This is an orange. This is tea.

I am reading. You are repeating He (she) is writing We are listening. You are going. They are answering. Im not standing up. Youre not talking. Hes not eating. Shes not reading. Were not writing. Theyre not drinking. You arent walking. He isnt writing. She isnt sitting. We arent studying. I am eating breakfast now. Am I eating breakfast now? You are studying your lesson. Are you studying your lesson? He (She) is listening to tapes. Is he (she) listening to tapes? You (We; They) are watching TV. Are you ( we ; they) watching TV? Are you studying? Is he studying? Is she studying? Yes, I am. Yes, he is. Yes, she is. No, Im not. No, hes not. No, he isnt. No, shes not. No, she isnt.

Are you studying? Are they studying?

Yes, we are. Yes, they are.

No, were not. No, theyre not.

No, we arent. No, they arent.

Theyre eating and drinking. The teachers eating an apple. Youre drinking water. What are you doing? Im drinking coffee. Im listening to a tape. Im eating an apple. Its a 7 oclock. Good morning! What time is it? Its 7 oclock. What time is now? Its 21 oclock. A . Lets eat lunch. Z.Okay. Lets eat chicken and rice. A. Are you eating dinner, Linda? Z. Yes, I am. A. What are you eating? Z. Im eating fish rice and salad. A. Are you and Mrs. Wilson drinking tea? Z. No, were not. A. Are you drinking coffee? Z. Yes, we are. BOOk 2 LESSON 4 Summary G. V. answer check correct million same Whos that man? Whos reading a book? Where are you going? Lets go to the doctor. What is he eating? Shes eating eggs and drinking tea. Bills eating oranges. Im eating. Im looking at the book. Im drinking tea. Im sitting in my room. Im listening to the radio. Im looking at you. Im looking at picture.

a raspunde; raspuns; replica ask a invita; a intreba; a ruga; a cere control; verificare do a face; a infaptui; a savarsi a corecta; corect different deosebit; diferit; felurit milion right cinstit; corect; drept aceeasi; acelasi; sus-numitul; identic who acela care; cine; pe cine; care; pe care wrong eronat; incorect; rau daughter fiica homework tema(pt acasa) husband a economisi; sot; barbat time vreme; timp wife nevasta; sotie Its time for Me, too. Youre welcome. Money in amounts over $1.00

Who + is = Whos Whos your teacher? Who is Mr. Jackson? Who is Ted? Ted is Mr. Jacksons student. Who is tired? Aldo is tired. Who is she? Shes Betty. Who are they? They are Ted and Bill. Whos your friend? Aldo is my friend. Whos tired? Im tired. 1. Mr. Jackson is his teacher. Who is Mr. Jackson? Who is teacher? 2. Mr. Roger is their friend. Who is Mr. Roger? Who is their friend? 3. Lan and Linda are his sisters .Who are Jan and Linda? Who are his sisters? 4. Tom and John are Lindas brothers. Who are Tom and John? Who are Lindas brothers. This is the Wilson family Mr. Wilson is Mrs.Wilsons husband. Mrs. Wilson is Mr. Wilson s wife. Jan is Mr. and Mrs. Wilsons daughter. Linda is Mr. and Mrs. Wilsons daughter. Tom is Mr. and Mrs. Wilsons son. Jon is Mr. and Mrs. Wilsons son. What is he eating? Hes eating breakfast. Whos sick today? Who is reading a book? Who is reading a book Andy is reading a book Who eating breakfast? My father eating breakfast. Who writting on the chalkboard? The student writting on the chalkboard. Who listening to tapes? The students are listening to tales? Whos reading a book in the library? The pilot is reading a book in the library. Who is talking? Mr. Jackson is talking. What is he doing? He lisening to the radio. What are you drinking? Im drinking coffee. What she doing? Hes doing his homework. What are you looking at? Im looking at the picture. What is Susan buying? Susans buying a pencil. Where is Tom studying? Hes studying at the library. Wheres Bill eating breakfast? Hes eating breakfast in the mess hall. Where are Mary and Ken studying? Theyre studying in the classroom. Where Andy going? Hes going to the movie. Where is Bob reading? Hes reading in the library. Lets go A. Im sick. Z. Me, too. Lets go to the dispensary. A. Its time for class. Z. Lets go. A. Im cold. Z. Me, too. Lets go inside. A. Im tired. Z. Me, too. Lets go to the barracks.

A. Its 12:00. Z. Lets eat lunch. A. Im hot. Z. Lets go outside. Z. Its time for dinner. Z. Lets go to the dinner. A. Its 7:00. Z. Lets study. A. Im tired. Z. Me, too. Lets sit down. A. Its time for class. Z. Lets go. BOOK 3 LESSON 1 F. Lets buy at the snack bar.Okay, lets go now. G. Tom guts up early every day.Does Ton get up early every day ?Yes,she does. Yes, Tom gest up early every day.No, she he doent.No, he doesnt get up early every day.Tom eats eggs for breakfast.Does Tom eat breakfast ? Tom doesnt eat fruit for breakfast. do dont doesnt get up shave aleep swim after a.m. at before early every for hungry in late p.m. thirsty afternoon class evening lesson midnight night

noon shower snack toast 1.Its 12. oclock.Im hundry.Sues hungry too.Its time for lanch. 2.Its hot.Were thitsty.Paul is thirsty, too. 3.John hungry.Its not time for lunch.He.s eating a snack at the BX. The students are going to the snak bar.Theyre hungry, too. I (You;We;They;The students) eat breakfast at the snack bar. He(She; Linda;The boys) eats breakfast every day. 1.We eat lunch in the mess hall. 3.The students writw the answers in theier bok. 5.I drink tea. 7.They watch TV in the barraks. 9.Mr. and Mrs. Wilson get up at 6:00. 2.I go to class at 7:00 4.You put milk in your coffee. 6.Aldo and Tom study in the library. 8.We buy pens and pencil in the BX. 10 I get dressed at 6:45.

1.Tom takes a shower every day. 2.Mrs. Wilson put sugar in her tea. 3.The girl swims every Saturday. 4.Mr. Jackson shves every day. 5.His siser drinks coffee. 6.He sleeps in the barracks. 7.Mr. Wilson ats finish every Friday. 8. The student goes to the lab every day at 8:00. I drink coffee in the baracks. He drinks koffee in the mess hall. You go to the lab every Monday. The student goes to the lab Tuesday. They swim every weekend. Aldo swims every Thursday. We put sugar in our tea. The teacher puts sugar in his coffee. 1.Kim and Scott go to scholl in the morning. 2.They eat lunch at noon. 3.They swim in the afternoon. 4.They study in the evening. 5.They watch TV at night. 6.They sleep at midnight. Before 1. Tom eats breackfast to friends before class. 3.He sits down before class. After. Tom swim after class. Tom stands up after class. Early Tom eats breackfast early. The teaher isnt early every day. Late. Tom does not go to class late in the morning. 2.He talks to friend brfore class. 4.He looks at his lesson before class. Ton goes to the baracks after the class. Tom does his homework after class. He goes to class early in the morning. Tom gues the te baracks early in the afternoon. His friend is late every day.

Tom swim late in the afternoon.

He studies his lesson late every night.

A.Are you hungry ? Z.A. Yes, Im .A.Me too. Lets go to the snack bar.Z.Okay.Lets go. A.Im hungry.Leta eat lunch. Z.Okay.Lers go to the mess hall. A.Lets go to the mess hall. Z.Not, now.Im not hungry. A.Its 11 oclock.Lets go at 12:00. Z.Okay.Lets go at 12:00. Tom and Bob do not eat at noon. They dont eat at midnight. Do + not Dont. Tom does not gets up at 6 oclock. He doesnt get up at 5 oclock. Does + not =Doesnt The boys watch tlevision. Do the boys watch television ? Bill eats breakfast every day. Does Bill eat breakfast every day. Do you get early ? Yes, I get up early. Yes, I do. Does Tom get up late ?No, Tom get up late. No, he doesnt. He studies at night. Does he study atnight ? We cgeck our answer.Do we check our answer ? They listen to the radio. Do they listen to the radio ? Tim reads his notebook. Does tim read his notebook ? Do you get up early ? Yes, I get up early. Yes, I do. Does tom get up early ? No, Tom doesnt get up late. No,he doesnt. A.Does Tom study on weekends ? Z. No, Tom dorsnt study on weekends. A.Does Tom watch TV on weekends ? Z. Yes, Tom watchs on TV. Do you to bed early every night ? No, I dont go to bed early every night. Does your mother buy food at the BX ? No, she doesnt buy food at the BX. Do you eat breakfast in the mess hall ? No, I dont eat breackfast in the mess hall. Pat eats toast for breackfast. She doesnt eat toast for dinner.

BOOK 3 LESSON 2 V. Do you have a bus to Dallas today ? Yes, we do. When does leave ? In 15 minutes. G. Who know the answer ?Wat do you eat for breackfast ?Where does Jhon study ?When does Jane study ?How often to you eat chicken ?I never eat chicken. V. has have hear know learn leave say see

speak want always how often never on (days of week) sometimes when airplane Arabic car Chinese English French French fries Hamburger language plane Russian taxi Spanish train truck Have\has ( food) for (meal) I have a pen. You have an apple. We have an orange. They have a radio. She has a brother. He has a book. Do you have a pencil ? Tom studies English. Does Tom study English ? What does Tomstudy ? Tom ges to school at 7:00. Does Tom go to school at 7:00 ? What does Tom do ? Tom studies at the library. Does Tom stuy at the library ?Where does Tom study ? Tom swims on Wednesdays. Does Tom swim on Wednesdays ?When does Tom swim ? How often is she late ? How often is he late ? How often am I late ? How often are we late ? How often areyou late ? How often are they late ? How often does she swim ? How often does he swim ? How often do I swim ? How often do you eat ? How often do we study ? How often do they study ? BOOK 3 LESSON 3 F.Where I am in the U.S. now. Mr.Brown is U.S. now. I was in the U.S. now. Mr.Brown was in theU.S. now. They are in Spain last year. John and Sue are in Spain last year. Theywere in Spain last year. John and Sue were in Spain last year.

Was + not = Wasnt Were + not = Werent BOOK 3 LESSON 4 I want to study. You want to eat. We want to go. They want to read. He wants to write. She wants to speak. I dont want to study. You dont want to eat. We dont want to go. They dont want to rea He dosent wants to write. Shedosent wants to speak. Do I want to study ? Yes, I do. No, I dont. Do you want to eat ? Yes, you do. No, you dont. Do we want to work ? Yes,we do. No, we dont. work. Do they want to learn ? Yes, they do. No, they dont. learn. Does he wants to write? Yes, he does. No, he doesnt. write. Does she wants to get up ? Yes, she does. No, she doesnt . get up. Anthony was in the Army. Was Anthony was in the Army? The dictionary was on the table. Was the dictionary on the table ? Jhon was at the library last night. Was Jhon at the library last night? ? They are at the snack bar last night. Were they at the snack bar last night ? ? Jhon was at the library last night. Was Jhon at the library last night? library ? They are at the snack bar last night. Were they at the snack bar last night ? snack bar ? No, I dont want to study. No, you dont want to eat. No, we dont want to No, they dont want to No, he doesnt want to No, she doesnt want to Who was in the Army ? What was on the table ? Where was Jhon last night Where were they last night When was Jhon at the When were they at the

BOOK 5 LESSON 1 Summary

F.

What's the matter? My arm hurts. book?

G. Which child is sick? Do you want the red one the blue one? Did you red or write the Ineed a pen or a pencil. Do you want hot or cold tea?

V. hurt a lovi; lovitura; rana; a se rani; a rani; a jigni move a se misca; a porni point a ascuti; a puncta; punct; varf touch a induiosa; a pipai about de jur imprejur; despre large mare; larg last cel din urma; trecut(timp); ultim(ul) left de stanga; in/la/spre stinga; stanga; stanga(politica); trec./part.trecut dela "leave" long indelungat; lung(spatial) next urmator of a(ei/lui); al; de; lui one o; un; una; unu(numai); unul original original; initial right cinstit; corect; drept short redus; scurt sore inflamat; dureros then atunci(pe); apoi; pe urma with alaturi de; in grija; cu; privitor la which care; ce anume; pe care first in primul rand; primul; important twelfth al doisprezecelea 1st 12th arm ankle glezna body corp; organizatie; trup bone os date a data(o scrisoare); curmala; termen; data ear spic; ureche elbow cot eyebrow arcada(arhit); spranceana eyelash geana; geana eyelid pleoapa finger a atinge cu degetul; clanta; deget fingernail unghie foot unitate de masura(picior); picior; laba piciorului feet plural de la foot(picior) hand brat de semafor; flacau; a inmana; limba(la ceas); mana; mana de lucru; parte; scris; sursa de informatie; autoritate; dibacie; autor; a expedia; laba piciorului; talent head a fi in frunte; a fi primul; cap; minte heel calcai; toc de pantof

knee leg limb lip medicine mouth muscle nail neck nose order part shoulder skin throat thumb toe toenail tongue trunk wrist

a lovi/atinge cu genunchiul; frantura; genunchi; a ingenunchea picior; suport madular; a dezmembra; membru buza medicina; doctorie gura muschi cui; unghie gat nas ordine; serie; succesiune piesa; parte a impinge cu umarul; umar piele gatlej a manui cu stangacie; degetul mare a lovi cu varful piciorului; a se alinia la start; deget de la picior limba; grai trunchi; butuc incheietura mainii

1.This a body. Our bodies Have: a head, a trunk, a limbs. 2. The limbs are the arms and the legs. We have a right arm, a right leg, a left arm, and a left leg. 3. Inside our body, we have bones. We have muscles, too. These are arm muscles.4. Skin is on the outside. Skin is on the outside the arm. 1. We have tow eyebrows. 2. The eyelashes are on the eyelids. 3. We see with our ears. 4. We open and close our with our eyelids. 5. We hear with our ears. 6. We have nose. 7. We have one moth too. 8. The lips are outside the mouth. 9. The tongue is inside the mouth. 10. The neck join the head to the body. 11. The throat is inside the neck. This is an arm 1. It begins with the shoulder. 2. This is the elbou. 3. This is the wrist. 4. This is the hand. 5. The hand has five fingers. 6. And five nails or fingernails. 7. Two fingers are thumbs.

This is a leg 1. This is a kneee. 2. This is a ankle. 3. This is a foot. We have two feet. 4. This is a heel. 5. We have ten toes. 6. The toes have toenaiols. -What's the matter with Jack? -He hurt his knee last night.His knee is very sore. -Did he go the doctor? -Yes, he did. Jack must take his medicine for two days. The doctor wants to see Jack again in to days. -What's wrong, John? - My right arm is very sore. -Did you play tennis last night again? -Yes, I did. - Here. Put this medicine on the your arm. -Thanks, Mark. Danny' s clothes are small. They're small clothes. Bill's T-shirt is large. It's a large T-shirt. Eva sometimes wears short dresses. She wore a long dress to the dance last month. Which do you want? Which book do you want? -Which book are you reading? -I'm reading the new one. The one I bought on Saturday. -Is that the one about the military? - Yes, that's the one. Here are the ties you wanted to see. -Thank you. Witch ones do you like? - I like the yellow one and the blue one. I don't like rhe purple ones. What is the first month of the year? January is the first month of the year. What is the first day of the week? Sunday is the first day of tha week. Buy a razor at the store or at the BX. They eat at the snack bar or the mess hall. I didn't see John or Betty. You may read a book or watch TV. Don't drink or eat in the classroom. They din't have a small or a large shoes. Are you going to the store or to the library. She cantouch or point to her head.

He can stidy the first or the last lesson. Do you have a pen or a pencil. You have a pencil. Okay is red or blue? It's blue. It's it large or small? It's small. It's not small.It's large. BOOK 5 LESSON 2 Summary F. Where can towel in the bathroom. You can get some at the BX. G. There's a towel in the bathroom. There are two wascloths, too. Do you have some money? I don't have any money. John can buy soap at the drugstore. I see a litte coffee and a few cups on the table. You have of books! Yes, I have lots of books. V. brush a peria; perie can a fi in stare; bidon; conserva; a putea change rest; schimb; a schimba; schimbare comb dry\dried a se usca; a seca; secat; uscat get\got a dobandi; a primi; a castiga; a obtine need a avea nevoie; nevoie rinse a clati; a limpezi wash a curata; a spala; spalare a few a little a lot of any clean dirty murdar; obscen; josnic lot of o multime de only singur(numai); unic some catva; niste; ceva; unii; unele there be barbershop frizerie bathroom baie(camera de) birthday zi de nastere butter a unge cu unt; unt chalk a insemna(cu creta); creta; a scrie drugstore face grocery store farmacie(amer) hair par; par(fir de); blana; puf

No, a lot

haircut mirror a reflecta; oglinda pepper piper; a pipera; ardei rosu poket salad salata; amestecatura sink shampoo soap sapun; a sapuni; lingusire subject tema; materie; supus sugar a indulci; zahar; lingusire thing lucru; obiect toilet gateala; toaleta toilet paper tooth\teeth dinte; gust tootpaste pasta de dinti toothbrush periuta de dinti topic subiect; tema towel prosop washcloth Paul's face is dirty.He goes to the batroom to clean up. He washes hies face with soap. Next he rinses hia face with clean water. He dries his face with a towel.He brushes his teeth.He doesn't bruch one tooth; he brushes all his teeth.. Paul combs his haior with brown comb.His face and teeth clean now. Bob's hair is long. He need a haircut. He always gets a haircut at tony's Barbershop. Bob needs to buy shampoo.He buys his shampoo at the drugstore. There is/ there are There + be is used to say that something exists. There is a book on your desk. There are three pens under the table. There + is = theres There + are = therere Is ther a map on the wall? Yes, there is. No, there isnt. Ate there desks in the clasroom? Yes, there are. No there aren't. There are the desk in classroom. There's a chalkboard, too. Are there students in the classroom? Yes, there are. Is there a teacher in the classroom? Yes, there is. Are ther cars in the classroom? No, there aren't. There was a good show on TV last night. There were two good movies on TV on Saturday. Carol sometimes eats soupo for lunch. She likes to put salt and pepper in her soup. Carol likes butter an her bread. She likes to put sugar in her tea. Some/ any Statement: Bill has some money. Negative: Bill doesn.t have any money. Question: Does Bill have some money.

- Do uyou want some soup for lunch, Ted? -No, I don't want any soup, Mother. Thanks. Is there any fruit? -Yes, there is some fruit.. Do you want some tea? -Do you have any cold tea? - Yes. Do you want some sugar, too? Yes, thank you , Mother. Can Staetment: You can buy shoes at a shoe store. Negative: You cant buy a car at the aaaaaaaaaabx. Question: Can you get a haircut on Saturday? Yes, you can.No, you cant. Where can we go this weekend ? To Dallas.We can go to Dallas. -What do you want to do this weekend? - What can we do? - Where can we go? -We can go to Austin. Whwn can we go? -We can go to Houston or Augustin? -We can go on Saturday morning. -All right. a lot/ of lots /of some a few: desk, pencils, students, teachers, chaires, books, stores, clothes, dollars, apples, etc. a little: salat, sugar, soup, shampoo, toothpaste, butter, soap, orange juice,milk, water, rice,money, fruit, meat, BOOK 5 LESSON 3 Summary F. Good morming.May help you? Yes, I want to go to New York. is used to meanpossibility.

G. The Hunters will go to Disney World in the summer. Will the children see Mickey Mouse? Yes, they will. Will they be sad? No, they won't. When will they depart? They'll leave in August. V.

arrive button come back depart go back went back meet pack

a ajunge; a sosi a coase nasturi; buton; nasture a se inapoia; a se intoarce a se duce; a pleca indicat; a intalni haita; pachet

pick up push return shampoo sharpen turn turn of turn on won't first from in next push button off on one-way round trip together tonight airline airport cuff customer departure flight gate graduation phone reservation school sharpener suitcase ticket travel travel travel trip twin zipper

a relua a grabi; a impinge a se intoarce; intoarcere sampon; spalatul parului a deveni taios; a ascuti a intoarce; a invarti a stinge; a opri a deschide; a aprinde in primul rand; primul; important din; de la; de in; la; din urmator buton de comanda; mecanism mecanizat incolo; liber(timp); departe in; pe; la bilet simpla calatorie; sens unic bilet dus-intors impreuna; laolalta asta seara; noaptea asta aeroport catusa; manseta; a palmui client plecare; deviere trecere rapida a timpului; zbor; avant poarta; intrare absolvire telefon; a telefona rezervatie scoala; instructie ascutitoare; tocilar; tocila valiza; geamantan bon; bilet agency agent a calatori; calatorie excursie; calatorie geaman; a ingemana; pereche fermoar

graduate absolvent; licentiat; titrat; a absolvi; a da o diploma; a grada pull a baga la zdup; a-si atrage; a trage un fum; canotaj; a cara; a daraci; dusca; entorsa;protectie; a rupe; snur; spalt; a tara; a se urni; a vasli; a zmuci; atractie; tras; gros; a extinde; a extrage; a trage; a culege; efort; avantaj; miner

fum

will stop call handle

ai sa; are sa; aveti sa; o sa; pofta; vei; veti; vointa; vor; dorinta a intrerupe; a plomba; popas; pauza; statie de autobuz; a opri; oprire a chema; chemare; convorbire telefonica; a striga a face negot cu; coada; a manevra; maner; toarta; a rezolva; a trata; a discuta; a conduct conducere; comportare; a dirija; a conduce instruction indicatii; instructie; dispozitii; invatamant key cheie; tasta; clapa; cheia exercitiilor; solutie; tonalitate (muzica) knob ciot; maner(sferic la usi); nod lock a trece printr-o ecluza; bucla; ecluza; a incuia; lacat; smoc; blocare(a circulatiei) This telephone ha sbuttons. It's a push button phone. You push buttons to call.We want to go to Maiami.We want to take a trip to Ma iami. Visit your travel agency for long trips. Travel agents help their customers. Select the airline for airplane trips. Then buy a ticket fot the trip. Call your travel agent or an airline to make plane reservations. Pick up the ticket at the teavel agency. Pack your suitcases. Ann went to the store and came back. She's here now. Yhey went to Miami last year. They want to go back. Linda went back to New York after few days. Ann went to the store and returned in thirsty minutes.I towant return this book to the library. I jave a round trip ticke\t to Augustin. I want to come back tomoroow. Making reservations - World Airlines, may help you? - Yes, I want to make a reservation, please. I want to go to Maiami on the 5th of Octomber. -Do you want to go in the morning, in the afternoon, or in the evening? -In the afternoon. -We have two flights in the afternoon. The first flight departs at 3:00p.m. and arrives at 9:00.The second one departs at 4:00 p.m. and arrives in Miami at 2:00. -I want the one at 3:300.Can you tell me the times again? -Okay. It's Flight o98 and it departs at the 3:300 p.m. from San Antonio.It arrines in Miami at 9:10.Do you want a one-way or a round-trip ticket? -A round-trip ticket. How much is it? -$456, Okay.I'm making the reservation for you right now. You can pick up your ticket tomorrow. --Can I pick up the day after tomorrow? -Yes, you can pick it up any time after tomorrow. -Thank you. - Thank you for calling World Travel Agency. -Wester Airlines.May I help you? -I want to make a reservation to New York, please. -When do you want leave? -The last Friday of the month. _Morning and afternoon? -After 22:00 in the afternoon. -Flight 67 leaves at 4:45 p.m.

When does it arrive in New York? -Arrival time is 10:45p.m. -Okay. Put me on that flight. Linda's trip Linda lives in New York. She wants to take a trip to San Antonio. She wants to visit her friend, Mary. Last week, Linda made reservations. She called Globe Travel Agency. Linda is an old customers of this agency. The agents know Linda well. Linda picked up her ticket yesterday. Right now she's packing her suitcases. is used to express future time.Statement: John will work tomorrow night. Jhon will be here tomorrow. Negative: Jhon will not work tomorrow night. John will not be here tomorrow. I (You;He;She;It;We;We;They) will Ill youll hell shell itll well Will + not = wont Will John work tomorrow night? Yes, he will. No, he won't. When will John be back? Tomorrow night.He'll be back tomorrow night. What time will the plane arrive? At eight. It'll arrive at eight. Where will you be this weekend? At home.I'll be at home. We'll go to Florida.. Tom and Linda will see Disney World. Mary will buy T-shirt and caps for the children. Sue and I will visit our friend Sam in Miami. Dad will see the Miami Dolphins. He'll do to one of their games. We will be back in three week. Dad will call our travel agent tomorrow. Mom will pack our suitcases. Will you see a movie this Saturday? No, I won't. Will you go to a restaurant? Yes, I will. Will you go to a game? No, I won't. Will you go to store? Yes, I wiil. Will you watch TV? No, I won't. Will

youll

theyll

BOOK 5 LESSON 4 ILL BUY A GALLON OF MILK F Where will you be Saturday morning? Ill be at the commissary. GTheres a desk in the room. Its the teachers desk.Does she have to go to the store? No, she doesn t have to.How much sugar do you want? How many students does he have?

I dont want much sugar. Re has many students. 1. Get two slices of bread. 2. Put cheese between them. 3. Eat your sandwich. bar bean bottle bowl cake can candy carrot cheese chocolate cookie corn cup dessert dial dial tone dish dozen gallon/gal. Glass ham ice cream kilo( gram) /kg. lettuce onion ounce/oz. Paper Pie piece pint/pt. potato pound/lb. quart/qt. receiver sandwich slice squash tomato ton tube vanilla vegetable dial have to make
_________

among between half many much

HES AN AGENT. 1. Robert is an agent. Hes a travel agent. 2 .He has an office downtown. 3. His brother Henry is an enlisted man in the Army. 4. Robert visits Henry an evening a month. 5. They visit together for an hour. Then they go to a restaurant. MARY ANN IS COOKING A BIG MEAL. Write an or a on the lines. 1. Mary Ann needs ____ onion, ____ wants to make potato salad. 2. Shes cooking ___ big dinner for Pam and Rob. 3. Rob is ____ airman. Pam works in ____ office. 4. They will have ___ good meal. Mary Ann is ___good cook. 5. Rob and Pam will come in hour. 1.A student is outside. The student from England is outside. 2. Theres a desk in the room. The desk belongs to Jack. 3.A student is sleeping in the barracks. The new student is sleeping in the barracks. 4. There are two classrooms in Building D. He locked the classrooms in Building D. 5. She bought some onions. She put the onions on the table.
THEY HAVE MANY CHILDREN. THEY DONT HAVE MUCH MONEY. 1. She has many shoes. 2. He doesnt have many clothes. 3. Do they have many children? 4. They cant play many sports. 5. Ted doesnt have much time. 6. The bottle doesnt have much milk in it. 7. Will you have much homework this weekend? 8. Did Jane have much money in her pocket? THERE ARE MANY STUDENTS HERE. Listen as your teacher reads a sentence. Then change the sentence using many. Look at the pattern. PATTERN: There are a lot of bottles over there. There are many bottles over there.

WE DON T HAVE MUCH HOMEWORK.

Answer the questions with No and negative complete answers. Use much in your answer. EXAMPLES: Do you have a lot of work right now? No, I dont have much work right now. Did you have much work last year? No, I didnt have much work last year. Is there a lot of sugar in the tea? No, there isnt much sugar in the tea. 1.Is there a lot of shampoo in the bottle? 2.Did she put much pepper in the soup?

3.Do you have lots of money in your pocket? 4.Is there much salt in the soup? 5.Is there a lot of fruit on the table? 6.Did he put much butter on the bread? 7. Did he drink a lot of juice this morning? 8.Will she eat much food tomorrow morning? 9.Did the barber put lots of soap on his face? Will you graduate this Friday? No, I wont. Ill graduate in one week. Where will you go after graduation? Ill go to my country for one month. Where will you go after that? Ill go to France. Will you be in France in November? Yes, I will. Linda and I will go to Germany in November. Will you come to France? Yes, well go and visit you.

IN TEN YEARS, I WILL HAVE A LOT OF MONEY.

Ask and answer these questions with a classmate. Where will you be next year? Will you take any trips next year? Where? Will you do the same work? Where will you be in ten years? Will you live in the same house?

HOWS THE WEATHER? BOOK 6 S LESSON 1

FUNCTION
Jan: Joe: Its cloudy. Do you think it will rain? No, I dont think itll rain.

CRAMMAR How was your food? It was very good, thank you. I think (that) Ted will come tomorrow.
I like rain. He doesnt like snow. Listen and write the number. Scan and answer. gr ade

SKILLS

VOCABULARY cry/cried get/got [become] rain shine/shone snow think/thought (about) clear cloudy dry how nice rainy sunny upset wet windy change cloud grade rain raincoat score shower ~ky snow storm sun sunshine umbrella

weather

A CHANGE IN THE WEATHER

Repeat the words and sentences.
I,

1.

sun sky

shine/shone clear sunshine

Its 10:00 a.m. The sun is shining. The sky is clear. The sunshine is warm. Then read the sentences. 2. cloud cloudy get/got windy Its noon. There are a few clouds in the sky. Its getting cloudy and windy. 3. rain Its 3:00 p.m. now. Its very cloudy. Itll rain in a few minutes.

4. rain
Its 3:20 p.m. Its raining. The rain started 10 minutes ago. A SUMMER SHOWER Repeat the underlined words and sentences. sentences.

1. shower/a rain shower 2. storm/a rainstorm A shower is a short rain. We have many showers in the spring. 3. snow Rainy and windy weather make a rainstorm. Sometimes we have storms in the summer. The rain changes to snow in the winter. It snows in many cities in the U.S. Listen to the paragraph; then read it. Linda got up early this morning. She took a shower and had breakfast. She studied for her Spanish test for an hour. At 9 oclock, she looked out the window. It was very cloudy. It started to rain in a few minutes. She had to leave at 9:30. Her test was at 10:00 a.m. She didnt want to get wet. She put on her raincoat and her boots. She took her umbrella and walked to school. She arrived at school at 9:50. She went to her classroom and took off her raincoat. Her clothes were dry. She was all right. LINDA WALKED TO CLASS IN THE RAIN.

HOWS THE WEATHER?

Repeat and read the questions and answers. 1. Hows the weather? Its rainy today. 2. How was the cake last night? It was good.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

HowS your ankle? It hurts. How are you? Im bored. Hows your class? Its a good class. How was the weather in Houston? It was nice and clear. How were your brothers and sisters? They were all fine. Hows your new teacher? Shes very nice. How are your two sons? Theyre fine, thank you. How was the weather on the weekend? It was sunny and warm.

THINK ABOUT YOUR TEST, JOHN.

Listen to the conversation; then read it and answer your instructor s questions. Where are you going, John? asked Mr. Stars. Im going to the movies with my friends, Dad. When will you study for your math test? I dont know, said John. Well, think about your test, John. Do you want to get a good grade or go to the movies? John thought a minute and then answered, Youre right, Dad. I want to get a good grade. I can go to the movies on the weekend.10.

WHAT DO YOU THINK?

I think itll snow this year. Mary didnt think the weather was nice. Becky thinks shell get a good grade. I dont think well go to Chicago this summer. Becky thought the test was last Friday. Tom doesnt think the food at that restaurant is good. We think Mr. Brown is a good teacher. He doesnt think hell go to the movies tonight. They didnt think the soccer game was very good. Mary thinks John can speak three languages.

I THINK SHES HUNGRY.

Make a sentence with think. Shes hungry. (I) I think shes hungry. I think that shes hungry. The teachers not angry. (Ann) Ann doesnt think the teachers angry. Ann doesnt think that the teachers angry. 1. Pats tired. (I) 2. Mary is angry. (Bob) 3. He can go to the barbershop tomorrow. 4. Linda was upset. (teacher)

5. Jan will get a good grade on the test. (my brother) 6. Thats a nice car. Whose car is it?

7. Ill visit Spain in September. How will the weather be? 8. The airman went to the hospital. How is he?

ITS COLD IN NEW YORK IN THE WINTER.

Dick: Ben: Dick: Ben: Dick: Ben: Dick: Ben: Its nice to see you, Ben. Dick! I didnt think you were in town. I came back from my trip yesterday. How was the weather in New York? Cold. There was a big snowstorm. Err! Do you think you want to live in New York? No, I think I just want to visit. Me, too. And only in the summer.

HOW DID YOU GET THERE? BOOK 6 LESSON 2

Would you Yes, Ill like to order have the beef now? and potatoes. Anything else? No, nothing else. did you get to Dallas? went there by bus.

-GRAMMAR

you hear anything? nothing. What would you like to see? Id like to see a movie.
Come with us. Dont listen to him. I sawG~I~7jdo it.

SKILLS rain_(oat
(~.ut Select the topic. Circle the same phrase. Circle the word that doesnt belong.

V3CABULARY

cut/cut get/got [arrive] get in/got in get off/got of f get on/got on leave/left [allow to remain] order travel would like (to) anything else leave a tip nothing else something else anything awful by (plane, delicious her him home later me nothing something sure them us without 33 etc.) blade boat check fork helicopter home house j et knife/knives menu napkin plate ship spoon vehicle waiter waitress

ME, HIM, HER, THEM, US

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Does John know Mary? No, he doesnt know her. Do you know Frank? Yes, I know him. When did he call you? He called me last night. Where did you meet Sally? I met her at the library. Where will you talk to John? Ill talk to him in class. Where did Bill see Ruth? He saw her at the movies. Mary was here Friday. Did you see her?

8.
9. 10.

When did you visit mother and father?

I visited them last night. When did the teacher speak to you and John? He spoke to us yesterday. Did the teacher want to talk to Tom and Mary? Yes, he wanted to talk to them.

Answer your teachers questions. Use the word you hear and me, you, him, her, it, them, or us in your answers. EXAMPLES: Did you see John yesterday? (yes) Yes, I saw him.

I DIDNT SEE HIM.

HE WALKED TO SCHOOL WITH ME.

1. 2. 3. John and I walk to school. John walks to school with me. I talk to Mary on the phone. I talk to her on the phone. We look at the teacher in class. We look at him in class.

4. Im after you. 5. They went before us.

6.

The book is under the chair. The book is under it.

7.

We bought this book for you. Its from us.

HOW DID THEY GET HERE? Repeat these sentences. 1. How did Ann go downtown? She went by taxi.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

How did the teacher come to class? He came by car. How did you come to San Antonio? I came by plane. How can I get downtown? You can get downtown by bus. How does Frank get to the base every day? He gets here by bus. How did they get to the small town? They got there by helicopter. How did you come to this country? I came here by ship. How are you going to Houston next week? Im going by train. How did you get to Europe last year? We got there by jet. How did those soldiers get here? They got here by truck.

9. 10.

HOW DID YOU GET DOWNTOWN?

Answer the questions. Use the words in ( ). 1. How does she go to town? (bus) 2. How did they go to the airport? (taxi) 3. How will they travel to their country? (plane) Repeat the words. Read the sentences. 1.

CAN WE READ THESE LATER?

2. 3. 4.

sure I know hes here. Im sure. Hell leave tomorrow. Thats for sure. Do you want to go? Sure. later Will you come back later? Yes, Ill return in an hour. Okay, see you later. delicious The food in this restaurant is good. The chicken was delicious. awful The French fries at the snack bar are awful. The weather was bad yesterday. It was awful. Its delicious. Theyre bad.

THE FOOD THERE IS DELICIOUS.

Read the paragraph. Then ask and answer the questions. Lt Lamb will go back to his base tomorrow morning. He and his family will go to a restaurant later this evening. Theyll go to a Mexican restaurant. They know the cooks, the waiters, and waitresses in that restaurant. They know the menu very well. The food is always delicious. Its never awful. They think that their food will be good. Theyre sure that itll be delicious. Repeat the sentences. 1. Wed like some breakfast.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Would he like some water? Yes, hed like some cold water. Theyd like to order now. What would you like to do? Id like to travel to your country. What would you like for dinner? Would you like some vanilla ice cream? Yes, Id like some. When would you like to eat?

ID LIKE... .1 WANT.... Listen to a sentence and change it. Use would like in your sentence. PATTERN: ANYTHING I want some chicken. Id like some chicken.

SOMETHING
DO YOU WANT ANYTHING?

Read these sentences.

1. Does your friend want something? No, he doesnt want anything. 2. I want something for dessert. Would you like some ice cream? 3. Would you like to buy something? Yes, I need a pen. 4. I heard something. No, I didnt. Did you hear anything? 5. Did you buy anything? Yes, I bought something. 6. I saw something. I didnt see anything.

NOTHING 7.
8. 9. 10.

Can you think of something?

Yes, Ill think of something. Did you buy anything? No, nothing. I didnt buy anything. I want to do something tonight. Lets go to a movie. Are you doing anything this weekend? No, lets do something.

DO YOU WANT SOMETHING TO DRINK? Ask and answer questions like the examples. Use anything, something, or nothing and the word
that is given. EXAMPLES: buy Did you buy anything? Yes, I bought something. learn Did you learn something? No, I didnt learn anything.

SOMETHING ELSE ANYTHING ELSE NOTHING ELSE

Read the sentences. 1. Jim studied all weekend. He didnt do anything else. 2. I dont like coffee. Is there anything else to drink? 3. Johns blue suit was dirty. He had to wear something else. 4. I saw that movie last week. Can we see something else? 5. Theres only one desk in the room. Theres nothing else.

ANYTHING ELSE? Do you want anything else, sir? No, nothing else. Thank you. Do you want something else, maam? Yes, please bring me a glass of water. And you? Do you need anything else? No, thank you. I dont want anything else.

HE ORDERED FISH.
Waiter: John: Waiter: John: Waiter: John: Waiter: Waiter: John: Waiter: John: Waiter: John: Would you like to order now? Yes. Ill have the fish and a salad. What would you like to drink? Ill have a glass of tea. Would you like anything else? Ill order dessert later. All right, sir.

LATER
Would you like to order some dessert now? Yes, Ill have a dish of vanilla ice cream. Do you want anything to drink? Yes, please bring me some coffee, too. Anything else? No. Just bring me the check, please. . Wheres the post office? to ~st Street arid turn right. Its near the bank. Tom mailed a package to his brother. He mailed his brother a package. Linda also sent him a package. asked Whats the topic? Give and act out instructions.

-VOCABULARY
you get any mail today? ~i questions can you answer? deliver finish give/gave mail pick out send! sent show sign also crowded near cash a check in line write a check address bank check drivers license enve lope help identification letter tmai3-] mail mailman money order 65 package people postcard post office return address stamp state street teller travelers check -FUNCTION HE LIKES TO WRITE LETTERS.

1.

letter

2. address street

envelope state

Sgt Kelly writes a letter to his wife every week.

near

He writes her address on an envelope. She lives in a house on Jones Street. Its a street in San Antonio, a city in the state of Texas.

He writes his return address on the envelope. He puts the letter in the envelope and puts a stamp on the envelope. 67 Then he mails the letter at the post office near the base. 3. return address stamp 4. mail post office Listen to the paragraph. Then read it. Sgt Kelly needs to go to the post office today. He wants to mail the letter to his wife and a package to his son. Sgt Kelly bought a sweater for Bobby. He picked out a red and white one. He thinks that his son will like it. Bobbys birthday will he in three days. Sgt Kelly needs to send the package today. In two days, the mailman will deliver the package to his home address. The mailman will give the package to Mrs. Kelly. She wont give it to Bobby that day. Shell give it to him on his birthday. HES GOING TO THE POST OFFICE. Answer these questions. 1. What does Sgt Kelly need to do at the post office? 2. Which sweater did Sgt Kelly choose for Bobby? 3. What does he need to do today? 4. What will the mailman do in two days? 5. Will Mrs. Kelly give the package to Bobby the same day?

CAN YOU BUY A MONEY ORDER FOR ME?

Im going to the post office right now. Do you need anything from the post office, Captain? Yes, can you buy a money order for me, and can you mail these postcards? Oh, sure. How much do you need the money order for? Just $15.00. Here, Ill give you some money. Do you want me to mail it? Yes, heres an envelope with the name and address. Thanks, Kelly. NDIRECT OBJECT

Some verbs are followed by two objects: a direct object and an indirect object. When the indirect object is second, the preposition to or for is often used.

I WROTE HIM A LETTER. Read the sentences. 1. I gave ten dollars to Paul. I gave Paul ten dollars. 2. Did you get any ice cream for the children? Did you get the children any ice cream? 3. The waitress didnt bring a glass of water for Ted. The waitress didnt bring Ted a glass of water. 4. He sent pictures of Saudi Arabia to the class. He sent the class pictures of Saudi Arabia.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Toms brother bought a new radio for him. Toms brother bought him a new radio. They want to buy dinner for us tonight. They want to buy us dinner tonight. Please give some money to me. Please give me some money. I cant send any money to you now. I cant send you any money now. When did the teacher give the test to him? When did the teacher give him the test? Where can I mail a letter to her? Where can I mail her a letter? HE SOLD A RECORD TO HIM. Change these sentences. Use an indirect object after the verb in the new sentence. EXAMPLE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. She mailed a letter to him. She mailed him a letter.

Please show your I.D. card to me. Tom mailed a postcard to Ted. Mary cooked a delicious dinner for us. Did you write a letter to your father? Give this dollar to Linda, please. Did Jan buy a new coat for her sister? I ordered a cup of coffee for you. The teacher gave a test to the students. Did Sue give her telephone number to you? My mother sent this box of fruit to me. THEY DIDNT GIVE ME ANY MONEY. Change the sentences. Make them negative and use the words in ( ). EXAMPLE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. The waiter brought me a fork. (spoon) He didnt bring me a spoon.

The teacher gave him a good grade. (bad grade) Karen and Bill sent us a postcard. (letter) The teacher got me a different textbook. (dictionary) I ordered you a piece of pie for dessert. (any ice cream) The sergeant can give you a new name tag. (uniform) Teds father will buy him a bus ticket. (train ticket) The dentist gives the children toothbrushes. (any candy) Mr. and Mrs. Allen mailed their son books. (any money) The teacher gave the students a short quiz. (long test) The mailman will leave you some letters. (big package)

AT THE BANK
in line 3. 2. people crowded Tom and Jan are in the bank. Theyre standing in line. teller cash a check

Jan gets to the teller first. She wants to cash a check. She needs $30.00. There are a lot of people in the bank. The bank is crowded. 4. write/wrote a check sign Jan writes a check to the bank. She puts the date and $30.00 on it and then signs her name. 1. bank

5. identification The teller needs to see some identification. 7. finish drivers license Jan shows the teller her drivers license. 8. travelers checks Jan and the teller finish. Jan takes her money and leaves, and the teller helps the next customer. Tom is next. He wants to buy travelers checks for a trip. 6. show
r

ALSO = TOO
THIS IS ALSO AN EXERCISE. Repeat these sentences. 1. Im tired. Shes also tired. 2. Sam will be a pilot. Peter will also be a pilot. 3. Mary wants cake for dessert. John also wants cake for dessert. 4. Mrs. Wilson bought meat at the commissary. She also bought some fruit there. MARY IS A CIVILIAN.

JOHN IS ALSO A CIVILIAN. Make a statement with also and the word in ( ).
EXAMPLE: My father speaks Spanish. (French) My father also speaks French. 1. Marys angry. (John) 2. Jan will watch TV. (Linda) 3. Ken is a mechanic. (his brother)

4.
5. 6. 7. 8.

Tom and Jan are studying tonight. (Jim and Bill)

She gave the children milk. (some cookies) Dan will send me a postcard. (package) Tom can play baseball well. (tennis) Ted ordered soup for lunch. (a sandwich)

9. 10.

Bill can drive to Chicago. (New York) Ann went to the commissary. (BX) WHERES THE POST OFFICE? Repeat the dialogs. Then recite one of them. Paul: Excuse me. Is the post office near here? Dave: No, the post office is downtown. Paul: What street is it on? Dave: Its on First Street. Paul: Is the bank near the post office? Dave: Yes, its between First Street and Second Street. Bob: Excuse me. Wheres the bank? Dan: Do you want to go to a bank downtown? Bob: No, I want to go to the bank on the base. Dan: That banks near the BX and the commissary. Bob: Can I walk there from here? Dan: Yes, you can get there in ten minutes. EXCUSE ME, WHERES THE POST OFFICE? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. The language lab is near the library. The post office is between 1st Street and 2nd Street. The commissary is next to the BX. Walk to Banner Street and turn right. library on your right. The mess hail is on Banner Street next to the barracks. Youll see the

Go to Andrews Street and turn left. The dispensary is between 2nd and 3rd Streets. Go to 1st Street and turn left. the Locator. The past office is next to

INSTRUCTIONS
Watch these instructions being acted out. CASHING A CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Take a check from your checkbook. Write the date on the check. Write the number of dollars and cents on Sign your name on the check. Give the check to the teller. Show the teller your identification card. Take the money and your I.D. card and put pocket.t

MAILING A LETTER
Write the letter and sign it. Put the letter in an envelope. Close the envelope. Write the address on the envelope. Write the return address there, too. Put the stamp on the letter. Take the letter to the post office.

BOOK 6 LESSON 4
Ron: Why did you take your vacation in California? Mary: Because its near the ocean, and it has tall mountains. CRAMMAR Why are you late? Because I didnt look at the clock. Jan mailed the letters, and I mailed the packages. We bought a lot of postcards, but we never mailed them. Select the questions. Which phrase is the same? Which word doesnt belong? plea ~ e airplane baseball civil ian VOCABULARY check in check out load relax rest smile stay at first at last go sightseeing take (a) picture(s) of take a rest take a vacation because but final for long (trip/time) overnight short (trip/time) why camera film hotel lake mountain ocean rest roll (of) spoonful state tree vacation 91 A VACATION IN CALIFORNIA I NEED A VACATION. Repeat and read these words and sentences. 1. vacation Every year, they work 49 weeks. Theyre on vacation three weeks. Mr. and Mrs. White will take a vacation. He was tired. Hes resting now.. and Mrs. White need some rest. Theyll take a rest in two minutes. The Atlantic Ocean is between Europe and America. Last year, they took their vacation near the ocean. mountain Those mountains are very tall. In the winter, there is a lot of snow on the mountains. There are many trees on the mountains. 6. lake

There are boats on the lake. People like to swim in the lake. 7. stay~overnight Mr. and Mrs. White will arrive in San Francisco on Tuesday. Theyll stay there Tuesday night and leave on Wednesday. Theyll only be in San Francisco overnight. 8. go sightseeing They want to go sightseeing in San Francisco. Last year they went sightseeing in Los Angeles and took a lot of pictures. Mrs. White: Then read it. Where do you want to go on our vacation? I dont want to go to the ocean. We went there last year, and it was very hot. What would you like to do? This year Id like to go to Lake Sunshine. Its in the mountains, and the weather is always cool. I hear a lot of nice things about that lake. Yes, many people like it. Its large, and the waters clear and cold. The trees there are tall and always green. All right. After we rest at the lake, we can go to San Francisco and stay overnight. Id like that. I always like to go sightseeing in San Francisco. LETS GO TO THE MOUNTAINS. NEED RESERVATIONS AT A HOTEL. Hotel Clerk: Hotel Royale, may I help you? This is Ben White. Id like to make a reservation. My wife and I need a room. Wed like to stay at the hotel from the third to the eighth of August. Okay. A room for two people for five days. Will you check in in the morning or in the afternoon? Well be there in the afternoon of the third. Well check out on the eighth in the morning. Very good, sir. Royale. Thank you for calling Hotel Mr. White: Why are you smiling? Because our vacation begins tomorrow. We can relax at last. This is for you. What is it? A camera and five rolls of film! And here are the instructions. to load the film. They tell you how Thanks. Now I can take lots of pictures. SHES SMILING. ANN CAN DANCE, AND BILL CAN DANCE, TOO. I. Ann likes to dance, and Bill likes to dance, too. 2. She bought a new dress, and he bought a new suit.

3. 4. 5. 6.

John wore his raincoat, and I took my umbrella. Jan got a letter from a friend, and her sister read it. Mark came to class late, and the teacher was angry. Lee can speak Spanish, and her sister can speak French.

7. We went to the BX yesterday, and I cashed a check. 8. We called a travel agent, and she made our reservations. 9. I ate chicken for lunch, and I had it for dinner, too. 10. They finished their meal, and the waiter brought the check. I HAD THE FILM, AND TED HAD THE CAMERA. EXAMPLE: I bought the film. Ted loaded the camera. I bought the film, and Ted loaded the camera. 1. Jack cashed a check. I wrote one, too. 2. We took a taxi downtown. They took the bus. 3. Mikes in the Army. His brothers in the Navy. 4. He flies a helicopter. His brother flies a jet. 5. Maria cooks dinner. Tom washes the dishes. 6. Kays playing tennis. Bobs playing basketball. 7. Sam arrived at 5:30. Bill got here an hour later. 8. Anne wants chocolate cake. Id like apple pie. 9. Our waitress was nice. The food was delicious. 10. Jacks taking the test now. Jim will take it tomorrow. TOM LIKES MUSIC, BUT HE CANT DANCE. Dan wrote a check, but he didnt sign it. The TV is on, but were not watching it. They asked for coffee, but they didnt get any. It was cloudy and cold, but it didnt snow. It was cloudy yesterday, but its sunny today. The food was warm an hour ago, but its cold now. Jim left after dinner, but Don stayed overnight. They have some books, but they dont have any tapes. Jane was sick yesterday, but shes all right today. He went to the post office, but he didnt mail the letter. HE DOES, BUT I DONT. Use but and the words in ( ) to make new sentences. EXAMPLES: The BX is open (commissary, closed) The BX is open, but the commissary is closed. I like apples. (bananas) I like apples, but I dont like bananas. 1. John had dinner. (dessert) 2. The sky is clear today. (cloudy, yesterday) 3. Mr. Brown is tall. (Mrs. Brown, short) 4. One child was crying. (others, happy) 5. Mary was upset yesterday. (today) 6. The post office is closed now. (open, ten minutes ago) 7. He thought the food was delicious. (she, awful) 8. Lt Hill wants to go by plane. (Mrs. Hill, car)

9. You can buy a money order at the bank. (stamps) 10. The waitress brought us some tea. (any water) THERE ARE FIFTY STATES. Repeat the underlined words and the sentences. 1. state There are fifty states in the United States. Los Angeles is in the state of California. 2. long A trip from Florida to California is a long trip. We lived in Spain for ten years. We were there a long time. 3. short A trip from San Antonio to Austin is a short trip. He was here just two days. He stayed only a short time. 4. final The final letter in the word trip is p. We took the last test today. It was the final exam. 5. at first I didnt speak English at first, but now I speak it well. That line wasnt on the map at first. He put it there later. WHY? BECAUSE. Read these questions and answers. 1. Why are you smiling? Because Im happy. 2. Why were you late? Because I didnt look at the clock. 3. Why are you tired? Because I worked a long time today. 4. Why are you cold? Because I dont have a coat. 5. Why did he go to New York? Because he wanted to go sightseeing. 6. Why did Ted go to California? Because he wanted to see the ocean. 7. Why does she take her vacation in Florida? Because its warm in Florida. 8. Why do you need to go to the store? Because I need to get some film for my camera. 9. Why did John wash the car? Because it was dirty. 10. Why do we have to go to the lab? Because we need to listen to the tapes. 11. Why did they eat a big breakfast? Because they were very hungry. 12. Why did Jan go to bed? Because she was sick.

Level II BOOk 7 LESSON 1 Summary

F. G.

What does Alex look like? He's tall and has red hair. What is the weather like? It's sunny and cool. Jan visited France and England. She liked both countries. Jan bought tree post mailed two of them. She didn't mail the other post card. The students are happy. They are a teacher. She is young. The happy dtudents young teacher. compare both opposite round strong wide matematics rectangle side triangle description describle draw\drew fast little edge job line like a compara amandoi; ambii contrar; opus repriza; rotund; circular vanjos; rezistent; tare lat; larg; deschis matematic dreptunghi latura; parte triunghi; echer alike narrow

cards. She have a

V. asemanator ingust other alt(ul); alt; alte; cellalt slow agale; mocait; incet weak neputincios; slab circle cerc; ciclu; a inconjura mistake greseala; eroare shape a da forma; chip; forma square scuar; patrat

descriere; categorie; infatisare descriere; categorie; infatisare a trage(o perdea /un zavor); a atrage; a strange solid; a se abtine(de la); a posti; postire; repede mic/ marunt(diminutiv); mic; infim muchie; a margini; margine functie; indeletnicire; ocupatie a captusi; a insirui; a linia; linie; sir; undita a-i fi drag; a-i placea;asemanator;preferinte;gusturi(pl); similar; a dori

It\this ias called What do\does\did look like? What is\are like? What is\are. called? Jhon helps sick people. He's a doctor. That's his joib. Anne works in o spital. She's nurse. That's his joib. George has fifty students. He's a teacher. That's his joib. Mark's car didn't start. He called David David's a mechanic. That's his joib. I work in a restaurant. I'm waiter. That's his joib. Jak flies airplanes. What's his jib? Sally works in a restaurant. She brings costumers their menu and foosd. What's her job? Glen shaves men's faces and cuts their hair. What is his Job? What's this? It's a triangle. It's asquare. It's a rectangle. What are these? They're lines.

1.This is mathematics. Math is a short word for mathematics. 2.This is a wrong answer. It's a mistake. 3.A tiangle has three sides. 4.She's sitting the edge of the chair.. Linda is studying numbers, linies, and shapes. She studying mathematics. Dan must learn mathematics because he went to be a pilot. Bob and Pat like English, but they don't like mathematics. This sentience isn't corect. A word is wrong. Rectangle and, square have four sides. He wrote the homework on the right side of thr chalkboard. The edgs of the papers were dirty. A.Jim, please describle a triangle. Z.A triangle is a shape with three sides. A.Thst's a right. Now give a description of square. Z.A square has four side. A.Linda, please compare square and rectangulare. Z.A rectangulare has two short side and two long side. A.Now compare the lines on the chalkboard. Are they the same? Z.No, they.re a different. The first line is short. The second line is long. Jak has a new raincot. He bought it yesterday. Now Jak can walk in the rain. He= Jak (same) The children are hungry. They want lunch now. I'll make some sandwiches for them. 1.One answer is wrong. The other answer is right. 2.We liked one show. We didn't like the other show. 3 Sam ate one sandwich. He didn't eat the other sandwich. 4.One book is on the table. The other is in the chair. 5.Sally read one book. She didn't read yhe other one. 1.One boy is happy. The other boy is happy. Both boys are happy. 2.This cake is delicious. The other cake is delicious. Both cakes are delicious. 3. This restaurant is crowded. The other restaurant is also crowded. Both restaurant are crowded. I am reading two books. Both books are good. Lana has two brothers. Both brothers are mechanics. Jan ans Lisa took a test. Both girls got good gtades. We saw two movies last weekend. We liked both movies. One circle is little. It's small. The other circle is big. It isn't small. One steet is wide. The other street is narrow. One car is fast .The other car is slow. One man is strong. The other mz\an is weak. The airplane A is like airplane B. The airplane are like. They are the same.

The blak belt is not like the white belt. The belts are not alike. They are different. One belt is blak. The other belt is white. 1.Hhot is opposite of cold. 2.Good is opposite of bad. 3.Right is the opposite of of wrong. A.What does your teacher look like? Z.She's short and has brown hair. Her eyes are blue. A.What is like? Z.She's young and very nice. She's a good theacher, too. A.What was your trip to Chicago like? Z.It was a good trip Isaw a few old friends. A. Is that man your doctor? Z.No, that man is tall. My doctor is short. A. Give me a description of him. Z.He has brown hair and eyes. A.I think I'll hgo to Houston next weekend. Z.I went there last month. I can describle it to you. A.What is the weather like. Z.It's hot, but you can swim in the ocean. BOOk 7 LESSON 2 Summary

This line is long. This line is longer than that line. Becky is tall. Mary is taller. Do you want candy or cake? I'd like both, please. One book is for me; the other is for my sister. I need some cookies. Do you have some. No, I don't have any. S. Bill wants a new job. He'll get one next week. Draw the shape. Go to the door. Stand up. Sit down. V. add a adauga; a aduna; a spori count conte; a numara; a soco equal egal; a egala; linistit explain a motiva; a explica multiply a inmulti; a multiplica; a reproduce multipled subtract a scade; a scadea understood any ceva; niste; nici un; oricare both amandoi; ambii curved curbat; indoit each fiecare easy usor; linistit hard teapan; tare; solid

F. C.

heavy abundent; greu into in; inspre; spre minus fara; minus more mai mul other alt(ul); alta; alte; celalalt than ca; decat some catva; niste; ceva; unii; unele straight pe fata; direct plus plus(mat); avantaj; suplimentar time vreme; timp bottom partea de jos; a sonda; fund center centru circumference circumferinta diameter diametru error eroare half jumatate; repriza; semestru price a fixa un pret; pret; cost radius raza top varf; crestet; titirez mistake greseala; eroare halve a reduce la jumatate; a injumatati; a taia in doua bucat light a se cobora; a se lasa; a lumina; usor; lumina zilei; felinar; a aprinde; delicate usor/ usoara(atingere); fin(spirit); delicat divide cumpana apelor(amer); a desparti; a imparti understand conveni; a auzi; a cunoaste; a sti; a intelege problem chestiune; problema; situatie dificila make\made a mistake multiplied by 1.Look at the top of the chalkboard. 2.Bottom is the opposite of top. 3.The center is between the top and the bottom. The line on the outside of circle is called the circumference. The line from on side of a circle to the other side is the diameter. It touche the center of the circle. We call the line the outside of a circle to the center of the circle the radius. The radius of a circle is one half of the diameter. A.Did you do the homework last night? Z. I did nine of the problem, but I didn.t anderstand namber ten. A.But Mrs. Murphy explained each problem in class yesterday. Z.I know, but her explanation of number ten wasn't clear. 1.This linie is curved. It's a curved line. 2.This linie is straight. It's a straight line. 3.The box is light. It's a light box. 4.This box is heavy. It's not light. It's heavy box. 5.The problem is easy. I know the answer. It's easy problem. 6.Thie problem is hard. Idon't know the answer. It's a hard problem. A.Woild you like more coffee? Z.Yes, I'd like a second cup, coffee. A.I tought it was hard. My score was 56. Z.I think you didn't study very mhch. A.Did you draw that rectangle? Z. Yes , do you like it? A.I'll help you. That table is very heavy. Z.Thanks.I didn't know it was heavy. I thought it was light. A.Did you finish your homework? Z.No, I have four more problems in math.

1.Two plus one equals three. 2.Can you add these numbers? We added six and two. 3 The total is eight. We added the numbers and got a total of eight. 4.Five minus four is one. How much is five minus three? 5.Subtract these numbers. We substracted one from nine. 6.Five times five equals twenty-five. 7.Multipiy these umbers. Five times five equals twenty-five. 8.Six divided by two is three. We divided six by two. What's the price of bananas? Bananas are 35 cents a pound today. How much do oranges cost? The price of oranges is three pounds fot a dollar. A.Please, sir, I need more apples. Z. Okay, soon. How many do you need? 1.The teacher is walking into the lab. 2.I'll divide the cake into 34.pieces. I'll give a pice to every student in the class. 3.Bobby divided the apple intp halfes. He ate one half and gav e the other one to his friend. 1._er and than are added to regular adjectives to compare people or things. Greg is taller than Bad. This window is cleaner than that one. _er + than tall-taller clean-cleaner narrow-narrower weak-weaker slowslower long-longer 2.Word that end in a consonant b with a short vowel sound before the consonant will double the consonsant adding _er and than His shoes are wetter his coat. Wett+ ter = wetter big + ger = bigger sad + der = sadder hot + ter = hotter 3.Word that end in a consonant + y change the y to i and add _er and than Y.i + _e r =_ier + than happy _ier = happier heavy _ier = heavier rainy _ier = rainier windy _ier = windier thirsty _ier = thirstier hungry _ier = hungrier 4.Words that end in _e need only _r and than. Today's weather is nicer than yesterday's nice _r = nicer large _r = larger little _r = litter late _r = later wide _r = wider blue _r = bluer 1. Is trhe girl shoter than boy? No, she isn't. The girl is taller than the boy. The boy is shorter than the girl. 2. Are the squares larger than the triangles? Yes, they are. The squares are larger than the triangles. The triangles are smaller than the square. Do you want some? A. I made some caffe. Do you want some? Z. Sure.I'll take a cup. A.Ralph gave me a box of candy. Would you like some? Z.No. thanks . I'm not hungry now. A.I need some black shoes. Cam you show me sone? Z.Yes, sir, I'll bring some.

A.Is there more orange juice? Z.Yes, there's some and the table. A.Did you see any mountains on your trip? Z.Yes, Isaw some in New Meaxico. A.Do you need some film four your camera? Z.No, I have some. I bought film yesterday. A.Would you like sugar inyour tea? Z.Yes, I would like some, please. A.How was the test? Were the problems hard? Z.Yes, some of them were. Do you have any? A. I need some paper .Do you have any? Z. No, thenks. Here's some. A.Have some coffee? Z. No, thanks. I never drink any at night. A.Is she taking anything for her sore back? Z.No, she doesn't like medicine. She never takes any. A.The sergenrt has three stripes. Z. The airman doesn't have any. A.Did you make any mistake on the test? Z. No, not any. I'made 100. A.How many women are there in the class Z. There aren't any. The sudents are all men. A.Do you want some help? Z. No, thanks, I don't need any. A. Did you buy stamps yesterday ? Z. No, I didn't get any. Both are small 1.A.This book is small. The other book is also amall. Both book are small. Both are small. 2. Tom speaks Spanish and English. Marye speaks English ansd Arabic. Both speak two languages. 3.Did you take my book and his book? Yes, I took both of them. 4. My car is new. Your car is also new. Both are new. 5.Do you want milk of coffee? I'll want both please. 6.I red two books. I liked both of them. 7.Do you speak French and English? I speak both. 8.Do you want chicken or fish? I don't know. I like both. 9.Is your mother or dad there? No, both are out. 10. Jean wants a hamburger, and Pli wants one, too. Both want a hamburger. 1.One student is from Europe.The other is from Africa 2.I'll eat the big pice of cake. You can have the other.

BOOk 7 LESSON 3 Summary F. Dear Tom and, Nancy, we arrived In England on Tuesday. It's cool and, rainy here.

G. How old are you? I'm 21 years old. Which city is the largest? New York is the largest city the United States. V. climb catarare; urcare; a se catara; a urca run\ran a alerga; a fugi above deasupra; sus(de) absent absent around peste tot; prin apropiere; jurul(in) back spate; spinare/a sprijini below dedesubt; jos front fatada; frunte high inalt; ridicat; superior next to alaturi next urmator over peste past scurs; dus; trecut present prezent; a prezenta; actual; dar rear urma; sfarsit animal animal; animalic backyard bird pasare cat pisica dog caine; piedica(tech); a urmari earth pamant; sol garage a gara; garaj gate poarta; intrare grass iarba; pasune hill colina; deal land pamant leaf\leave fila; foaie; frunza; a infrunzi; moon luna past scurs; dus; trecut present prezent; a prezenta; actual; dar river fluviu; rau roof acoperis star stea; astru; protagonis word cuvant; vorba; a redacta yard curte; iard( cm by alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa low scund; muget; a mugi; jos; josnic fence gard; ingraditura; a imprejmui; a proteja flower a impodobi cu flori; elita; floare; a inflori

in

Two weeaks ago Mr.and Mrs. Clark bought a house.the house is white with a red roof. It has seven rooms and a garage for the car. The house has a big yard. The front yard has flowers, grass, and a tree. The other tree is near the front the house. The backyard is inside the fence. The fence has a gate near the back door of the house. The trees in the back are taller than the roof. It summer now. The trees have leaves, and the grass is green. In the winter, the grass will be brown. There won't be any leaves on the any flowers in the yard. 1.The cat is walking around tree. 2.The cxat is sitting by the tree. 3. The dog is sitiing next to the car. 4.The bird is flying over tree. 5. The cat is above the dig. The dog os below thw cat. 1. Dogs run fast. 2. Cars climb trees. 3. The dog ran to the back of the house. 4.The cat saw the dig and climb a tree. 5.The children run and play in the backyard. 6.Sometimes cats climb to the roof of the house. 7.We will climb montains on our vacantion. How old is Steve? He's ten years old. How old is their house. It's fiften years old. How old is this base? It's about 45 years old. How old is your car? It's only a year old.

How old is the city? It's over 234 years old. A.How's your fsmily, Ken? Z. Fine, thanks. How are your children? A.Good! Here's a picture of them. Z. How old are your soon? A.One's three, and other's eight. ZA.How old is your dauthe? A. She's five years old. Z.You have a very nice family. new newer newest

ADJECTIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE big bigger the biggest heavy heavier the heaviest light lighter the lightest new newer the newest old older the oldest wide wider the widest The superlative from the adjective is used to compare three or more persons, or things. Add the + est to onesyllable adjectives and to some two- sylable adjectives. 1.David has the biggest suitcase. 3. Steven has the oldest ons. 5.The large siucase is the widest. 2. Carol has the heaviest suitcaes. 4.The small suitcaes is the lightest.

The car is fast. The train is faster than car. The airplane is the fastest. The first tree is tall. The second tree is taller than the first tree. The third tree is the fastest. The English test was easy. The mat test easier that English test. The Fensh test was the easiest. Whos the heaviest man Dons the heaviest man. Which mans the lighest? Dan's lightest.

BOOk7 LESSON 4 Summary What do you use to open cans. I use a can open. What do you use a stove for? We use a stove for cooking food. We use a stove to cook food. G. Go to the kitchen and open the cabinet. Pick nup a can of vegetables and open it. Put the vegetables into a plan and put it on the stove. Turn on the stove. Cook the vegetables .Eat them. V. plug in a baga in priza; a conecta use a folosi; intrebuintare; a uza; often adesea; frecvent pretty destul; dragut seldom rar; rareori ugly slut; urat usually de obicei armchair fotoliu bookcase biblioteca cabinet cabinet; comoda can opener deschizator de conserve carpet a acoperi cu covoare; covor F.

ceiling coffee table drapes end table in the end faucet kitchen living room pan refrigerator shelf\shelves sofa floor

nivel maxim; plafon; tavan

caffee spoon curtain drawer end pana la urma fan ventil; robinet(amer); dop furniture bucatarie lamp outlet cratita; Pan(mitol); polemica; tigaie plug racitor rug etajera; raft; stelaj sink divan; sofa stove

lingurita de cafea cortina; perdea tragator al unui cec capat; sfarsit ventilator; entuziast(de); evantai mobila felinar; lampa orificiu; scurgere; iesire priza electrica; tampon carpeta; pres a afunda; a se scufunda masina de gatit; soba

dusumea; etaj; fund(de mare pestera); incinta a parlamentului lay\layd a intinde; trec. de la "lie"; laic; mirean; a pune; cantec keep\keept a respecta un angajament; a tine; a pastra Yhis is our livind room We have some nice futniture in our living. The sofa is the biggest pice of furniture in our living room. The sofa is also called a couch. We have a coffee table near the sofa. I like to sit in our armchair. The end table is next to the sofa. There is a lamp on the end table. There are many books in our bookcase. We keep the childrens books on the bottom shelf. The bookcase has six shelves. Marks lying on the rug. Its also called a carpet. The windows have drapes on them. The ceiling in the room is very high. This is a cabinet. We keep diches in the cabinet. There are drawers under the cabinet. This is a can opener.It oens cans. We cook on the stove. We put the food in a pot or a pen. There is a fan the ceiling. The kitchen floor is clean. This is a refrigerator. It has a lot of food in it. This is a fan. This is a plug. This is a outlet. Put the plug in the oulet. Plug the fan in. He plugged in the fan. A.Where is the electric fan? Z.On a shelf in the garage. Why? A.Because it.s hot in hire. Z.Hot! Its only 75. A.Wherwes an outlet? Z. Turn around. Youre standing by one. A.Oh! Here it is. Ill plug in the here. Z. Hey! Its windy in here. Turn it around.

1.She thinks its pretty. She wants to buy it. The wather today is ugly. Its not nice. Your littlr girl is very pretty. Oh, thank you. He thinks his car is ugly. Other people think its nice. Young man , lay your clothes on the bed, please. He laid his hand omn the childs shoulder. Use I (You; We; They; ) He (She; Luky) use uses a a knife for cup for a camera a glass cutting meat drinking coffee. for taking pictures. for drinking milk.

Did you use the library for studying? They use a camera for taking pictures. Does sister use the stove for cooking? What does Walt use for shaving. Ron used my bed for sleeping. What did your friends use for traveling? A pilot doesnt use a car for flying. Do you use soap for brushing your teeth? I (You; We; They; ) He (She; Luky) knife to cut meat cup to drink coffee. a camera to take pictures. a glass to drink milk. We use a sharpner for sharpening a pencil. We use a sharpner to sharpen a pencil. The teacher uses chalk for writing. The teacher uses chalk to write. We use a cabinrt for keeping medicine. We use a cabinrt to keep medicine. We use a stove for cooking. We use a stove to cook. We use our lips, teeth, and tongues for talking. We use our lips, teeth, and tongues for talk. use uses a a

BOOK 8 LESSON 1 F. Turn right at the corner of Maple and Pine. G.When is Sara going to leave? Shes going to leave tomorrow.

A score of 85 is better than a score of 69, but 100 is the best. A score of 69 is worse than a score of 85, but 0 is the worst. VOCABULARY be going to better/best east fall/fell (down) centigrade exclamation mark follow east Fahrenheit (F) freeze/froze for (time) ground grow/grew north highway land of (north of, etc.) ice take (a right/a left) south kilometer take off/took off straight (ahead) Mexico west mile worse/worst north park block quotation marks How do/can I get to...? Celsius (C) road comma south

corner temperature degree (0) thermometer direction west directions 1

Speaking Skill
EXCUSE ME. HOW CAN I GET TO THE LIBRARY?
First listen to your teacher say the dialog. Then repeat it. Bill: How can I get to the library? Dave: The base library or the one downtown? Bill: The downtown library. Dave: Get on the bus at 48th and Lake.

Bill:
Dave: Bill: Dave:

Okay.
Get off at Main and Okay. Then what? Turn left on Pine.

Bill:

Thanks!

Dave: Youre welcome. Lake and walk south. Go straight ahead three blocks.

HOW DO I GET TO...?

Excuse me, please. How do I get to the hospital? Drive east on Broadway for ten blocks. Walk straight ahead to the corner. Then turn left. Stay on Highway 90 East to Houston. Its north of the library on 4th Street. Turn right at the corner of Maple and Pine. Go on Highway 9 for 20 miles. Walk north on Elm Street. At the next corner turn left. Go back to 281 South and turn left. Its outside the loop, west of the city.

Grammar
BOB IS GOING TO ARRIVE AT 4:30. (BOB WILL ARRIVE AT 4:30.)
I am going to.... = Im going to.... He is going to.... = Hes going to.... They are going to.... = Theyre going to.... Fred is going to listen to the weather report. The temperature is going to fall. Its going to freeze. Its going to be 280 Fahrenheit. Fred is going to buy a warmer coat. Sam and Lou are going to drive to the airport. Theyre going to get their brother Jim. Their brothers plane is going to land at 7:30. Hes going to stay for six days. Hes going to leave on Thursday. The plane is going to take off at 10:00 a.m. Jim is going to return next year.

VICTOR ISNT GOING TO SELL THE CAR. (VICTOR WONT SELL THE CAR.) He isnt going to stay. They arent going to stay. THEY ARENT GOING TO BUY A NEW STOVE.
Change the sentence. Use the word in ( ). EXAMPLE: Ken is going to drive to the store. (bank) Ken isnt going to drive to the bank. 1. Sam is going to move the coffee table. (end table) 2. The teacher is going to use a Fahrenheit thermometer. (Celsius) 3.The captain is going to repeat the schedule. (order) 4.Theyre going to grow tomatoes. (potatoes) 5.Im going to buy a sweater. (jacket) 6.Judy and I are going to swim this afternoon. (evening) 7.Jim and Rudy are going to eat breakfast now. (dinner) 8.Shes going to wear her new dress. (sweater) 9.Im going to cook lamb. (chicken) 10. Youre going to leave at 5:00. (6:30)

IS MARGARET GOING TO LEAVE TODAY?

Change the sentences. Use be going to. EXAMPLE: The plane will take off at 0800. The plane is going to take off at 0800.

The jet will land at the San Antonio airport. Jeff will get a new car. They wont move the bookcase. Will Harry get a shampoo at the barbershop?

Wont Kathy and Jane take the test again? Judy will buy a new sofa. Will Jim eat in the mess hail today? Sue wont use the Celsius thermometer today. They will leave work early today. Wont Sandra mail the package?

WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO?

EXAMPLES: What are you qoinq to buy? (bookcase) 1m going to buy a bookcase. When is your brother going to go to Houston? (next week) My brother is going to go to Houston next week. 1. Who is going to mail the packages? (Sara) 2. Where are the students going to study? (library) 3. What are you going to wear tomorrow? (my new suit) 4. When are they going to arrive? (at 9:30) 5. Which shirt are you going to buy? (the blue one) 6. When is the plane going to take of f? (in one hour) 7. Where are Mike and Floyd going to eat? (in the dining hall) 8. Which thermometer are you going to use? (Fahrenheit) 9. Who is going to move the coffee table? (John) 10. What is Alan going to bring? (salad)

WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO BUY?

EXAMPLE: I am going to buy a car. What are you going to buy? 1. Harry is going to leave tomorrow. 2. Nora and Jean are going to go to Dallas. 3. They are going to walk to school. 4. Jim is going to wear his brown jacket. 5. William is going to travel in California. 6. Fred is going to send the letter. 7. She is going to cook the chicken. 8. Lt Adams is going to fly the new plane. 9. Irene is going to put the salad in the refrigerator. 10. Jims plane is going to leave at 3:25 p.m.

WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO...?

Choose one of the following and talk about it. 1. What are you going to do this weekend? 2. What are you going to do next month? 3. What are you going to do next year?

4. What are you going to do tomorrow? 5. What are you going to do after school?

EXCUSE ME. HOW CAN I GET TO THE LIBRARY?

First listen to your teacher say the dialog. Then repeat it. Bill: How can I get to the library? Dave: The base library or the one downtown? Bill: The downtown library. Dave: Get on the bus at 48th and Lake.

Bill:
Dave: Bill: Dave:

Okay.
Get off at Main and Okay. Then what? Turn left on Pine.

Bill:
Dave:

Thanks!
Youre welcome.

Lake and walk south. Go straight ahead three blocks.

HOW DO I GET TO...?

Excuse me, please. How do I get to the hospital? Drive east on Broadway for ten blocks. Walk straight ahead to the corner. Then turn left. Stay on Highway 90 East to Houston. Its north of the library on 4th Street. Turn right at the corner of Maple and Pine. Go on Highway 9 for 20 miles. Walk north on Elm Street. At the next corner turn left. Go back to 281 South and turn left. Its outside the loop, west of the city.

ROOK 8 LESSON 2
These books arent ours! Theyre yours!

GRAMMAR

Jo forgot to wash her gym clothes, but I remembered to wash mine.

SKILLS
Read the paragraph. Write the topic and select the main idea. YOCABULARV

exercise forget/forgot (to) hit/hit miss remember (to) shut try/tried (to) work out free time get/got in shape have/had a good time have/had fun in (good) shape out of shape beautiful difficult exciting healthy hers his important interesting its mine ours terrific theirs yours exercise fun gymnasium push-up sit-up volleyball watch workout

FUNCTION THEY WORK OUT IN THE GYM. Repeat the words and sentences.

GYMNASIUM
ymnasium The men play basketball in the ~ push-up Andy and John are doing push-ups in the gym. sit-up Maria is doing sit-ups in the gym. gym

volleyball The new students are playing volleyball. work out/workout Edward and Ron are also working out. They have workouts three times a week. Andy, John, Maria, Edward, and Ron are exercising. They are getting in shape. The new students are playing volleyball. They are also getting in shape.
Repeat the underlined words.

WHAT DID JEAN FORGET?

Then read the dialogs. I think we forgot something. What did we forget? I cant remember! Did you shut the car windows? Thats it! We forgot about the windows. No, I remembered. I closed them. Did you shut the windows in the back, too? Yes, I shut every window in the car. LISTEN TO YOUR TEACHER, STUDENTS. Were going to have a test tomorrow, students. Dont forget! No problem, Mr. Sunshine. Well remember. Will you remember your books? Yes, well remember to bring our books. And please try to memorize all of the new words. Well try very hard to learn them.

Grammar
JOHN WANTS TO PLAY VOLLEYBALL
Read the sentences.

1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

I like to go to the movies.

Alan wants to get in shape. They began to study at six oclock. Rita needs to buy a house. He will remember to get the pictures. We started to play volleyball.

THATS HIS NEW CAR. THATS HIS.

1. That looks like an interesting book. No, its not mine. Its my sisters. 2. Thats a beautiful house. Is it yours? No, its theirs. Ours is over there. 3. Thats an important paper. No, its not. Its hers. It must be his. 4. What a pretty cat! Is it yours? Yes, its ours. 5. Theres a blue car. Is that hers? No, thats mine. Hers is over there. 6. Heres someones jacket. Yes, its mine. Is it yours? 7. My test was very difficult. Was yours hard? Yes, ours was very difficult too. 8. What pretty flowers! Are they hers? No, theyre mine.

THATS MY CAR. THATS MINE.

THATS HER CAR.

THATS THEIR CAR. THATS THEIRS.

THATS HERS. Is it yours?

WHOSE IS IT?

Answer the following questions. EXAMPLE: Whose book is this? (Mike) Its his. 1. Whose pen is that? (Henry) 2. Whose keys are those? (Peggy) 3. Whose hat is that? (Mr Adams) 4. Whose flowers are those? (Janet and Sara) 5. Whose dessert is that? (John) 6. 7. 8. 9. Whose class is this? (Ms. White) Whose gloves are these? (I) Whose money is this? (Ted and I) Whose shoes are these? (Tommy) 10. Whose dog is this? (Bob and John) THATS BILLS CAR. ---> THATS HIS. Change the sentence. EXAMPLE: My car is blue. Mine is blue. 1. Thats Saras hat. 2. His shirt is white. 3. Thats the Smiths car. 4. Our house is over there. 5. Thats Kevins camera. 6. Her coat is dirty. 7. Their grass is the greenest. 8. He mailed her lotter yesterday. 9. His language is French. 10. Thats my radio.

Then read them. 1. Jack: Hows your dessert? Ben: Mines delicious! Hows yours? 2. David: Hows your coffee? Pat: Mines awful. What about yours?

3.

Bill does his exercises after class. do his? Steve: He does his at the lunch break. 4. Bens test was easy, but hers was difficult. 5. Your school is big, but ours is bigger. 6. Did the students do their push-ups today? When does Tom -FUNCTION.1 r How do you use the pay phone? Put the money in the slot, listen for the dial tone, and dial.

Peter:

JRAMMAr
I may get a phone in my room. I might not go tonight. I feel sick. Long distance calls are more expensive than local calls. Person-to-person long distance calls are the most expensive calls. Station-to-Station long distance calls are less expensive than person-to-person calls, but local calls are the least expensive. KILL~ expe&sive 1 2 3 4 Multiply 12 by 3. Then divide your answer in half. VOCABULARY call (up) deposit find/found hang up/hung up make/made (a phone call) may might pay/paid just a minute long distance (call) person-to-person (call) station-to-station (call) busy cheap expensive just less/least local more/most whom call change coin conversation factory kind (of) line (phone) o (read oh) operator page pay phone person public phone slot

HOW TO MAKE A LONG DISTANCE PHONE CALL FROM A PUBLIC OR PAY PHONE: Repeat the sentences. ONE: Get some change. TWO: Put your coins near the telephone.

THREE: Pick up the receiver. FOUR: Listen for the dial tone. FIVE: Put a quarter in the slot. SIX: Dial zero. The operator will answer you. SEVEN: Then say, Operator, Id like to make a long distance call. The number is (555) 6789101.
TONY MAKES A LOCAL CALL Repeat and read the dialogs. Tony: Can I use your phone? I need to make a call. Juan: Is that a local call? Tony: Yes. Im going to call up a friend here in the city. I dont know her number. Juan: Look it up in the phone book. Tony: Here it is! (Tony dials the number.) Tony: The line is busy. Juan: Well, hang up and try again in a few minutes. (After a few minutes, Tony dials the number again.) Hello. Is Karen there? Just a minute. Ill call her. Hello. Hi, Karen. I called you a few minutes ago, but your line was busy. Karen: Yeah. Kathy was on the phone. Tony: What are you doing this Friday? Im going to go see Superman X. Do you want to go? Thatll be fun. Good. Ill pick you up at 7:00. See you Friday at 7:00 then. Okay. Bye. TONY IS GOING TO THE MOVIES ON FRIDAY. Circle the letter T for true. Circle the letter F for false. 1. Tony needs to make a local call. 2. Tony is calling a friend in a different city. 3. Tony didnt know his friends number. 4. Tony looked up his friends number in the phone book. 5. Tonys friend is not at home. 6. The line was busy at first. 7. Karen said Just a minute. 8. Tony is going to the movies on Friday. 9. Kathy is going with Tony. 10. Tony will pick Karen up at 7:00.

THEY MAKE THINGS IN FACTORIES. Repeat the dialog. Then read it. Frank: Where do you work? Harry: I work in a factory. Frank: What do they make there? Harry: They make furniture. Its a furniture factory. Frank: My brother works in a factory, too. He works in an automobile factory. Harry: Then he gets more money than I do!

Grammar
THE SOFA IS HEAVIER THAN THE CHAIR

CHINESE IS MORE DIFFICULT THAN ENGLISH. THEY MAKE THINGS IN FACTORIES. Repeat the dialog. Then read it. Frank: Where do you work? Harry: I work in a factory. Frank: What do they make there? Harry: They make furniture. Its a furniture factory. Frank: My brother works in a factory, too. He works in an automobile factory. Harry: Then he gets more money than I do!

Grammar
THE SOFA IS HEAVIER THAN THE CHAIR CHINESE IS MORE DIFFICULT THAN ENGLISH. CHICAGO HAS THE TALLEST BUILDINGS. BILL BOUGHT THE MOST EXPENSIVE CAR. To make the comparative: 1. Add -er + than to one-syllable adjectives. (See Book 7.) Change the y to I and add -er to twosyllable adjectives which end in y or w, + than. 2. Put more/less before adjectives of two or more syllables, + than. To make the superlative: 1. Add -est to one-syllable adjectives. Change the y to I and add -est to two-syllable adjectives which end in y or w. 2. Put the most/least before adjectives of two or more syllables. 4. Jessica thinks Spanish is the most beautiful language. (Russian) 5. Marilyn thinks lamb is the most expensive meat. (chicken) 6. Lee Chung thinks Chinese is the most interesting language. (English) 7. Pete thinks tennis is the most difficult game. (baseball) 8. Henry thinks San Antonio is the most beautiful city. (New York) WHICH IS MORE EXCITING, TENNIS OR VOLLEYBALL? Answer the questions with a sentence. Use more or less. 1. Which is more interesting, math or language? 2. Which sport is more exciting, tennis or volleyball? 3. Which is less delicious, ice cream or pie? 4. Which is more expensive, a long distance call or a local call? 5. Which is more beautiful, the ocean or the mountains? 6. Which language is less difficult, Arabic or Chinese? 7. Which city is more interesting, London or New York? 8. Which is less expensive, a sweater or a coat? CAN YOU HELP ME, PLEASE? 1. Carol: Can you help me, please? I want to make a long distance call. Sam: There are two kinds, station-to-station and personto-person. Carol: Sam: Which is cheaper? Calls without the operators help.

2.

Carol: Sam: Bob: Linda: Bob: Linda: Bob: Linda:

Which kind is that? Station-to-station. Excuse me. Can you help me? How can I make a local call on this pay phone? First listen for the dial tone. Then deposit the coins in the slot and dial. What do local calls on a pay phone cost? Different cities have different prices, but in this city they cost 25 cents. Thanks for your help. Youre welcome.

How much does a long distance call cost? When are you making the call? Well, when is it less expensive? Weekdays after 5 p.m. and on weekends. When can I make the cheapest long distance call? Between 11 p.m. and 8 a.m. Id like to make a person-to-person call, but first I need to know the cost. David: Look it up in the front of the phone book or ask the operator. Sandra: Thanks. Ill do that. David: Youre welcome. I WANT TO MAKE A.... Complete the sentences. EXAMPLE: How can I make a long distance call? 1. How much 2. I want to make 3. Operator, 4. Which kind of long distance call 5. Calls without the operators help 6. Persontoperson calls 7. Station-to-station calls

FUNCT IONCaller: May I speak to S9t Harris? Travis: Just a moment, please. How much do your apartments rent for? The least expensive ones are $285 a month.

GRAMMAR
Multiply 17 by 6. Then divide your answer in half. have/hour Tim might go to Dallas this weekend. Oh, me too. Tell him I might see him there.

VOCABULARY

be back call back hold/held hold on/held on look for manage rent ring/rang tell/told wait (for)

from (time) that till (time) to (time) until (time) (....) minutes past/after or to/till (hour) (....) past/after or to/till (hour) a quarter after/past a quarter till/to for rent half past (hour) hold/held the line leave/left a message return a call take/took a message apartment basement bedroom bell deposit dining room garden manager message moment rent resident Then read them. Im leaving now. Ill be back in about two hours.

All right, Mr. Miller. See you at three.

Im back! Did any calls? Yes, Mr. Brown called. Did he leave a message? Its on your desk. Thank you, Ms. Craft. Miller & Wright. This is Ms. Craft. May I help you? Yes. there? Is Mr. Miller No. Mr. Miller here. Hell be an hour. Can I take a message? isn t back in Yes. Please tell him Ed Brown called. Ill call him back at home tonight.

WOULD YOU LIKE TO LEAVE A MESSAGE? THE NEW HOUSE HAS A BASEMENT.

Allie: Whats that paper youre holding, Pete? Pete: Its a drawing of our new house. Were going to have a basement in it. Allie: Why are you putting in a basement? Isnt that expensive? Pete: Not really. The house is on a hill. One side of the basement will be below the ground like any other basement. But the other side will have windows above the ground. Here. Look at the drawing. Allie: That looks great, Pete! WE USE BELLS TO GIVF MESSAGES. bell on the telephone rings. Theres a call for you. The doorbell rings. Someone is at the door. The school bell is ringing. Its time for class. In hospitals, there are bells by each bed. You ring the bell, and the nurse comes. WHAT A DAY! Read the letter. Then listen to the questions and answer them. July 8 Dear Mom, Im writing this letter to tell you about my day. I need to tell someone. Now I can smile, and I want you to smile with me. It started with my eight oclock bus. It didnt come until twenty after eight. I didnt arrive at the office until ten past nine! I found many letters on my desk. Mr. Miller needed the letters before lunch. I worked very fast, but I didnt finish until a quarter to one. I went to lunch at the little restaurant on the corner. It was very crowded. I didnt get my food until ten after one. I ate fast and went back to the office.

2. 3. 4.

The afternoon was the same. I had to make an important long distance phone call to Mr. Jones in New York. The line was busy for a long time. I didnt talk to Mr. Jones until a quarter after three. It was a quarter past five in New York and his office clerk wasnt there. Oh, no, I thought, I wont get the answer till tomorrow. I was right. Mr. Jones didnt have the answer to my question. I was very tired at 5:00. I took a nice, hot shower, and now Im writing you this letter. Tomorrow will be a better day. Your daughter, Eva WHERE DID YOU LIVE FROM 1985 UNTIL 1987? Answer questions about things that you did. Ask someone else a question about what he/she did. EXAMPLE: What did you do from January till March of this year? I studied English from January till March. What did you do from three to five yesterday? I played soccer from three to five.

TELL LT JONES THAT ILL SEE HIM AT THE LIBRARY. TELL LT JONES ILL SEE HIM AT THE LIBRARY.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Tell Jeff that his hat is outside. Dont tell Alice that she cant go. Tell Mark Capt Winters called. Dont tell Sam I wont be there. Tell Sgt Lewis that his barracks number is 7542. Dont tell Mike that I told you about it! Tell Chris she has to go to the dispensary now. Dont tell Bob he forgot to make the deposit.

TELL JOHN HIS MOTHER CALLED. Use tell or dont tell and the cues in
Im going to the mess hail. (Sam)
~.

Tell Sam Im going to the mess hail. We put Johns books in the closet. (dont/John) 2.

Dont tell John that we put his books in the closet. 1. Jims books are on the desk.

Marys brother called her.

I dont feel well. (teacher) Nancy left a message for him. (Sam) The thermometer is gone. (dont/Bill) Ill be back at 12:30. (Ms. White) His sweater is under the chair. (Don) I heard the conversation. (dont/him) Fred can wait for me in the dining room. (Fred) I forgot to mail Teds letter. (dont/Ted) TELL HIM ILL RETURN HIS CALL. Learn one line of a dialog well enough to say it without looking your book. 1. Sgt Jones:Col Irving: 2. Sgt Ramos:Col Vassar: 3. Sgt Collier:Col Gonzales: 4. Sgt Kline:Col Butler: 5. Sgt Chavez:Col Moore: Sir, Captain Johnson is on the phone. Tell him that Ill call back this afternoon.

Sir, Major Adams is holding for you. Tell her that youll take a message. Sir, George Robinson is waiting on line #1*. Tell him that Ill return the call in an hour. Sir, Col Ryan wants to know what time youll pick him up. Tell him that Ill pick him up at a quarter till seven. Sir, Ms. Cantu is waiting in the office. Dont tell her Im here! Tell her I just left.ene:

MAY I SPEAK TO....

Hello. May I please speak to Mr. Jon Barr? Hes not here right now. May I take a message? Yes. Will you tell him that David Smith called? 2. Sam: Hello. Id like to speak with David Phillips. Rita: Sure, will you hold the line a moment? Ill get him. Sam: Thanks. 3. Jane: Hello. This is Jane Sosa. May I speak with Ed Land? Ken: Eds not here right now, but hell be back in just a moment. Can you hold on? 4. Joann: Hello. May I speak to Sally? Gene: Just a moment. Ill call her. 5. Jim: Hello. May I speak with the manager? Kathy: This is the manager. May I help you?

6.

Hello. Id like to speak to Steve Smith. Hes not here right now. Can you call back later? No, but will you tell him that Sam Jones called? 7. Jon: Hello. Jon Barr speaking. May I help you? Sally: Yes. May I speak with the manager? Hello. May I speak to Ann Mills? Shes not here right now. May I take a message? Yes. Would you ask her to call Jane at 555-9831. Just a minute. Let me get a pencil.... Now, what was that number again?

Sam:

WANTS TO RENT AN APARTMENT.

Repeat the underlined words. Then read the paragraphs.

Last Sunday, Lt West looked for an apartment. She needs to find one before the last day of the month. She drove on Vail Street, and she saw a nice apartment building. There were some apartments for rent. She went to the office and talked to the manager. The manager showed her a two-bedroom apartment. It was nice. The kitchen was small, but the bedrooms and the living room were big. The rent is $450.00 a month, the manager said. her about a deposit. What kind of deposit? She asked him. Its called a cleaning deposit, he said, it to you later. When? she asked. When you leave, he said. apartment will be $200.00. Thank you. Ill think about it, and Ill call you, Lt West said to the manager.

Lt West likes the apartment, but she wants to see other apartments. Then she will choose. The deposit for a two-bedroom Answer the questions about Lt West. What did Lt West do last Sunday? What did she see? Were there any apartments for rent? Who did Lt West talk to? What did the manager show Lt West? How much was the rent? When will the manager return the deposit to Lt West? How much is the deposit for a two-bedroom apartment? Is Lt West going to rent the apartment? Manager: Hello. May I speak to the manager? This is the manager speaking. May I help you? John: Yes. Im calling about an apartment. Do you have any for rent? Yes, we do. What are you looking for? A one or a two-bedroom? Id like a two-bedroom. I dont have a two-bedroom right now, but Ill have one next week. Manager: How many baths does it have? There are two baths, a living room, dining room and a kitchen. It also has a garage and a small garden. Can children live in the apartment? Yes. What about pets? No, you cant have pets in the apartment. How much does the apartment cost? The rent is four hundred a month and theres a deposit of $200. When can I see it? Any day after Monday from 9 to 5. Read the ad about an apartment. One student will phone for informatiOn. Another student will take the role of the manager. Listen to the conversations about the four apartments. (You may take notes.) Talk about: 1. furniture 2. stove/refrigerator

HOW MUCH IS THE RENT?

IM LOOKING FOR....

WHEN CAN I SEE...?

3. 4. 5. 6.
7. 8.

pets address a garden schools

miles from base When can I/you see the apartment?

Hello, Im calling about the apartment you have for rent. Is it furnished? No, it isnt, but you can rent furniture from the Acme Furniture Company. Does it have a stove and a refrigerator? Yes, it does. It also has a garden. Can I have a dog in the apartment? No, you cant. When can I see the apartment?

Any afternoon or evening. Whats the address? 200 TimberwoOd Road.

CAN I TAKE A MESSAGE?

Hello? Hello. Is Major Owens there? He might be. Just a minute. Can you take a message? Yes. Wheres a pencil? Okay. Tell him to call me tonight. Whats the number?

Ill be at 5559652.
Ill tell him when he gets home.

SCRAMBLED SENTENCES
Put the sentences in order, then read the paragraph. From the drugstore, he went to the commissary. There he got some chicken for his familys dinner. Neds first stop was the drugstore. His last stop was the post office. He picked up his mothers medicine there.
____ _____ _____ _____ _____

ID LIKE TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT. BOOK 9 LESSON I

Id like to open a checking account. this form, then well open the account for you. Mike ~s eating lunch at home tomorrow. Sam is tired because he stayed up late last night. The bread smells good. The pie ta;tS delicious. Chart box outline Scanning Topic Dictation Complete the forms Sentence expansion cash complete deposit feel / felt fill out hide/hid look lose/lost close/open right away right here save smell sound spend/spent take/took take out/ took out an account taste withdraw/ withdrew bitter immediately (of) safe salty soon sour sweet account bill card cash checkbook checking account deposit form information lemon passport savings

account signature slip wallet withdrawal A VISIT TO THE BANK The Newman family just moved to Houston. Mrs. Newman went to the bank to open an account for the family. She will open a savings account and a checking account. The family will use the money in the checking account to pay for the things they buy every day. They will use the money in the savings account for something very important or something very expensive. Only the Newmans can spend the money in their bank account. It will be safe there.Mrs. Newman asked the clerk for information on how to open an account. She wanted to know how much money they needed, what forms or papers she needed to fill out, and who she needed to talk to. FIRST BANK OF HOUSTON The clerk told her how to open a checking account. First, she filled out a form with their names, jobs, address, and phone numbers. Next, she signed her name three times on a card. Then, the clerk gave Mrs. Newman a signature card for Mr. Newman. He will bring in his card later. The bank needs the signatures to make sure that the Newmans are the only ones who take money out of that account. Mrs. Newman used her passport f or identification. Passports have a picture and a signature for easy identification. The clerk wanted to know how much money she wanted to deposit in the account. Mrs. Newman gave the clerk $400.00 in cash. She said she wanted to make a deposit of $250.00 in the checking account and $150.00 in a savings account. She wants to save money to buy a new car. The clerk helped her fill out the forms for a savings account. Then she gave Mrs. Newman a checkbook for the checking account. She can start writing checks right away. Before she left, the clerk gave Mrs. Newman a new one-dollar bill. The bank gives the new bills to all new customers. 1. What did Mrs. Newman do at the bank? 2. Why do the Newmans keep their money in the bank? 3. How will they use the money in their checking account? 4. How will they use the money in the savings account? 5. What did Mrs. Newman fill out? 6. What information did she put on the form? 7. Why did she sign her name on a card? 8. What did she use for identification? 9. How much money did Mrs. Newman give the clerk to open their checking account? 10. How much money did Mrs. Newman deposit in their savings account? 11. Why does Mrs. Newman want to save money? 12. What does the bank give to all new customers? 5 I SPENT ALL MY MONEY YESTERDAY. PRESENT AST Jack: Did you hide my hat? I cant find it. Fred: I didnt hide it. Johnny hid it. I think its under your bed. Mike: Sam lost his pen. Lou: He didnt lose it.
** ** * * * * * *

Its on his desk. Jim: Did you spend all your money in the bookstore? Ray: Yes. I bought 5 books and spent $25.00. Brad: John: Did you take the clothes out of the suitcase? Yes, I did. I took them out when we got home.

Jim:

I had $350.00 in my savings account. Now I only have $100.00

Mark: Jim:

Are you going to withdraw any more money? No, Im not.

Good morning. May I help you? Yes, thank you. I want to take some money out of my savings account. What do I need to do to withdraw the money? Do you want to make a withdrawal or close your account? I want to make a withdrawal. Im going on vacation and I need to take some money with me. You need to fill out this paper. Its a withdrawal slip. Please complete the form and be sure to sign it at the bottom. Thank you. Ill complete the form and return it in a minute. Okay.

WHERE DID YOU LOSE IT? I cant find my I.D. card. I think I lost it. Do you think someone took it? I dont think so. Im the only one who can use it. I need to find it soon. When was the last time you took it out of your wallet? I took it out at the store. I wrote a check there and I used it for identification. Well, call the store immediately! They can start looking for it right away. Youre right. Where is the phone? Its right here. Ray: Im going home early today. I am too. Im leaving right after lunch. Mike: Is Bob eating dinner with his brother tonight? Stan: Yes. Theyre going to the new French restaurant. Pat: Is Ted driving to Miami on Friday? Tim: No, hes flying down on Saturday.

MIKE WILL LEAVE MONDAY AND JANES LEAVING THURSDAY.

EXAMPLES: Si: Frank will move to a new apartment in May. S2: Frank is going to move to a new apartment in May. S3: Frank is moving to a new apartment in May. Si: S2: S3: 1. 2. 3. Will Peggy stay with her sister next week? Is Peggy going to stay with her sister next week? Is Peggy staying with her sister next week?

We will eat lunch early today. The train will arrive in ten minutes. Flight 123 will leave in an hour.

4.

5.
6.

Will he fly home to visit his mother this year? We will work out in the gym after class. Will you wear your new uniform tomorrow?

ALS TIRED BECAUSE HE HAD A LONG TRIP.

Read the dialogs. Jim: Why was Al late this morning? Ted: Al was late because he didnt wake up on time. Nancy: Are you tired because you worked out yesterday? Ellen: No, Im tired because I worked hard today. Bob: Tom: Lt Sands: Lt Reed: Rita: Lori: Is he studying because he has a test? No, hes studying because he wants to learn the language. Why didnt the plane take off? It didnt take off because the weather was bad. Why is Judy happy today? Shes happy because she graduates today.

WHY DID JAN GO TO THE POST OFFICE? JAN WENT TO THE POST OFFICE BECAUSE SHE NEEDED STAMPS.
Look at the pictures and answer the questions using because and the words under the pictures. Why are they standing in line? packages Theyre standing in line because they want to mail their packages. Why is he giving the boy a gift? Graduation 2.Why is she studying? test Why is she going to the grocery store? bread, milk, and eggs Why is he putting on his gloves? Why are they looking at the map? Why is he so tired? out of shape Why are they going to the gym? Why is she packing her suitcase? Why is she so happy? Why are they crying? tired and hungry 1. The cake tastes sweet. 3. The lemon tastes sour. 2. The meat tastes salty. 4. This coffee tastes bitter. Basketball vacation Test cold lost

LEMONS TASTE SOUR.

Make a sentence with a food and sweet, sour, salty, and bitter.a taste. The tastes are: EXAMPLE: cakeCake tastes sweet.

1. 3.
5. 7. 9.

black coffee chicken

lemons meat black tea (without sugar) green apples cookies pie fish green grapes

Grammar THE BREAD SMELLS GOOD.

An adjective is used after a linking verb to show a state or condition.

MR. BROWN DOESNT FEEL VERY WELL THIS MORNING.

2.His head feels 3. Mr. Brown is sick. 4. Read the sentences under the pictures. He looks awful. He doesnt sound hot. good.

5.

The medicine smells bad.

6.

It tastes terrible.

DOES THE COFFEE TASTE GOOD?

Read your part and learn it well enough to say it without looking at your book. Bob: Is the coffee good? Ted: No. It tastes bitter. Allen: Do you feel well? Fred: No, I dont feel well at all.
*****

Mike: Tom: Roger: Peter: Harry: Kevin:

Did Tom sound happy? Yes, he sounded very happy. How does the bread smell? It smells good. Is this jacket expensive? No, it only looks expensive. How does the sky look today?It looks clear. Do the towels feel wet? No, they feel dry now.

Capt Smith: Jim: Ed:

HOW WAS YOUR VACATION?

Read the paragraphs. Ask and answer questions about them. Use the verbs be, feel, look, sound, smell, and taste.

EXAMPLE:

Jan and Sue flew to Canada for a vacation. The flight was awful. The food and weather were bad. They began to feel sick. How were the food and weather on the flight? They were bad. How did they feel on the airplane? They felt sick.

1. They felt better at their hotel. Their room was nice, and their dinner in the hotel restaurant tasted delicious. The weather was clear and cool the next day. The white snow on the mountains looked beautiful. Everything outside smelled clean and sweet. 3. Jan and Sue climbed a mountain and sat on top for a long time. They felt tired but happy. First listen to the paragraph. Next write parts of the sentences you hear. Then check your paragraph.

WHAT HAPPENED? BOOK 9 LESSON 2

What happened here? Who caused the accident? The man in the red car ran the red light. Betty was studying in the library last night. Ask Sergeant Winters to come to my office before lunch. Ken told Mike to turn off the light. Our jackets are similar. Map/Directions Match columns! Write paragraph Sentence Expansion bother break/broke buckle (up) cause cross face different from heavy traffic similar (to) the same as fasten happen keep/kept (on) obey ride/rode run/ran across at fault behind careful careless dark in back of in front of left light right accident auto automobile bicycle bike cause curve dent fault fine insurance law light place pole police! police officer rider seat belt stop ticket traffic Look at the pictures and repeat the sentences. The automobile on the left side of the road is white. The auto on the riyht side is black. c 1-4 Oo L Jane rides her bicycle to school every day. 2. The drivers of the two autos had an accident. It happened on the corner of 4th and Elm. 4. She rode her bike to the store yesterday. THERE ARE ALWAYS MANY AUTOMOBILES ON THE STREETS. 5. Theres a bank across the street from the library. . Jims father is a police officer. His car has red and blue licrhts on top. 6. Be careful! Dont cross the street when

8.
9.

a bus is coming.

This driver is going very fast around the curve. Hes a careless driver.

There are many cars on the highway. Theres a lot of traffic. Theres usually very heavy traffic from 4:30 to 6:30 in the afternoon. 11. Dont bother me now, Im very busy. Jimmy. 10. Its Friday afternoon and everyone wants to get home. No one can move. Theres a big traffic j am. 12. The heat bothers me. cant get cool. MRS. SIMMS HAD AN AUTOMOBILE ACCIDENT. John was on his way home after work. He was on the right side of the road. Mrs. Simms was on her way to the store. She was careless. She drove very fast around the curve. 2. She drove on Johns side of the road. John thought she was going to move back to the other side. She didnt. She kept on coming in his direction. 3. She crossed in front of his truck. They ran off the road. 4. Mrs. Simms hit the tree. She caused the accident. 5. Mrs. Simms wasnt hurt. She got out to check her car. It had dents in many places. 6. John found a phone. He called the police to tell them about the accident. THE BICYCLE RIDER CAUSED THE ACCIDENT. Repeat the underlined words. Read the sentences. 1. The bicycle rider was careless. He didnt stop when the light turned red. He ran the red light. 2. The driver of the car had to make a fast stop. He ran into the light pole. . The bicycle rider caused the accident. He was at fault. The accident wasnt the drivers fault. 4. Jim is facing the sun. The sun is in his eyes and he cant see very well. Sometimes the sun in your eyes can be the cause of an accident. 5. The children played baseball next to the house. This isnt a good thing to do. You might break a window. Thats what Dennis did. He broke the window in the living room. ANNE WAS STUDYING IN THE LIBRARY. What were you doing last night? I was studying in the library.
9

1.

I WAS THINXING ABOUT MY VACATION. Read your part and learn it well enough to say it without looking at your book. Why were you smiling a minute ago? I was thinking. What were you thinking about? My vacation next week. What were you doing last night? I was studying at the library. What were you studying? French. I was reviewing for todays test. I dont understand this exercise.

Were you listening to the teacher?

No. What was he saying? He was explaining this exercise.

WHO WAS READING A BOOK LAST NIGHT?

Your instructor will read a sentence and then give you a word or phrase to substitute. Make a new sentence with that word or phrase. Look at the pattern. Helen was reading a book last night. Jane Jane was reading a book last night. watching a movie Jane was watching a movie last night. WHAT WAS LAURA DOING YESTERDAY? SHE WAS WAITING FOR THE BUS. Ask and answer the questions about the the past progressive. What was Laura doing at 6:30? She was eating breakfast. 2. Who was Laura talking to at 9:00? 1. Where was Laura standing at 7:00? AN IMPORTANT DAY FOR AL Yesterday was an important day for Al. He wrote down some of the things he did. Read his notes and then ask questions using the past progressive. EXAMPLES: What was Al eating at 5:30 a.m.? He was eating breakfast. Who was calling at 6:00 a.m.? Joe was calling to make sure Al was awake. My Big Day ate breakfast, Dad called to make sure I was awake read the paper, my friend Joe called to make sure I was awake left for the office, there was an accident near the base and a big traffic jam reviewed the schedule for the morning, Sgt Lewis came by to see if I needed anything I met met the Presidents flight The President spoke to the men, I made a last minute check of the dining room ate lunch showed the President around the base, it began to rain rode with the President back to the airport, the rain stopped returned to my office, what a day! the President!
-

ALL DRIVERS MUST OBEY THE TRAFFIC LAWS. Look at the pictures and repeat the the sentences. underlined words. Then read 1. Dont cross the street when the sign says DONT WALK. 2. In the U.S., you must keep to the right side of the street. Its the law. 3. In Texas, all drivers must wear their seat belts. Mrs. Adams and her son obey the law. 4. Lt Dean fastens his seat belt when he gets in a car. He always buckles 5. In many states, drivers must have insurance on their cars. It is the law. The

6.

Choose One.

insurance helps pay for the cost of accidents. Mr. Evans got a ticket. He was driving very fast, and he wasnt wearing a seat belt. He broke two traffic laws. Now Mr. Evans must pay a fine. It will cost him a lot of money.

Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. Mark a, b, c, or d. 1. The driver didnt stop at the stop sign. The police officer gave him a a. curve c. fault b. bike d. ticket We were trying to watch the movie and some people kept talking. They a. happened c. bothered b. broke d. stopped I have to return these books. Can we make a library? b. cause d. card
_____

2.

_____

everyone.

3.

The white car made a fast stop. He tried to miss the boy on the bicycle. The black car didnt have time to stop. He it the white car. What happened here? The driver in the white car was careful. He tried to stop. The boy on the bicycle was careless. The accident was his fault. The driver in the black car just didnt have enough time to stop.
I want to know what happened here. There was a lot of traffic. The car was coming around the curve. I was looking straight ahead. I just didnt see the car. The driver didnt have enough time to stop. He hit me. Tell me what happened. I tried to stop, sir. I was coming around the curve. I just didnt see the boy in time. I hit him. Then this car hit me. Did you have your seat belt fastened? Yes, sir. I wasnt hurt because I buckled up. I didnt see what happened. Was it the boys fault? I saw the accident, but I dont know whose fault it was. Do you think hell get a ticket? I dont know. He needs to be more careful.8. A SK CAPTAIN HENRY TO COME TO MY OFFICE. Ask Mr. Carter to sign this letter. Tell Ms. Davis to mail it right away. Tell Major Sanders to call the BX manager. Ask Captain Henry to come to my office. Tell Sergeant Hays to bring my car at 1:00. Please tell Mark to move his car. Ask Fred to turn off the lights. Please tell Mr. Harris to go to Jims office. Read the dialogs. Learn one line of a dialog well enough to say it without looking at the book.

Bob:
Tim:

Mark is ready to leave.

Ask him to wait a second.

Ms. Nelson:
Tom:Do you need to talk to John? Yes. Tell him to call me at 10:00. DID YOU ASK THE WAITER TO BRING US COFFEE? NO. I ASKED HIM TO BRING THE MENU. Do you want to look at the breakfast or lunch menu, sir? Please bring me the breakfast menu. Here you are, sir. Ill be back in a few minutes to take your order. Hi, Steven. Sit down and eat with me. Thanks. What menu did you ask the waiter to bring? I asked him to bring the breakfast menu. Good. Did you ask him to bring coffee, too? No, I didnt, but I will. Wed like to open a checking account. Please fill out these two forms. You keep the white one and give me the green one. What form did she tell us to keep? She told us to keep the green one. Here you are ma am. Heres the white form. I told you to keep the white form. I need the green one. Im sorry. Heres the green one.
Get off your bicycles, boys. What did that police officer tell us to do? He told us to get. off our bicycles. Dont ride your bikes across the street. Its not safe. Walk beside them. George, what did the police officer tell you and Edward? George: He told us not to ride our bikes across the street. Mrs. Hall: SGT SMITH TOLD AIRMAN HARRIS TO CLEAN THE BARRACKS. Read the sentences; then answer the questions. Look at the examples. EX.~.MPLES: Sgt Smith: Airman Harris, clean the barracks. I: What did Sgt Smith tell Airman Harris? Si: He told him to clean the barracks. Maj Dean: Will you please sit down, lieutenant? I: Did Maj Dean ask the lieutenant to stand up? Si: No, he didnt. He asked him to Sit down. 1. Harold: Jim, will you please cut the grass today? 2. Gilbert: Dont forget your umbrella, Bob. 3. Roland: Waiter, please bring me the check. 4. Sgt Morales: Come in and close the door, airman. 5. Lt Miller: Close that window, sergeant. 6. Carol: Please turn off the light in the kitchen, Sue. 7. Mr. Wells: Look at the problem on the chalkboard, Mac. 8. Ms. Nelson: Please dont take this book from the library, Mr. Knight. Students, be on time for the quiz tomorrow. Boys, please dont leave those wet towels on the floor. 9. Mr. Holder: 10. Mr. Randall:

YOUR UNIFORM IS SIMILAR TO MINE. Our uniforms are alike. Yes, theyre very similar. Only the sleeves are different

Youre right. The other things are the same. Is Als uniform the same as ours? No. His is different from ours. Hes in the Navy. Sam: Noon and 1200 hours are the same. Ed: Noon is the same as 1200 hours. Sam: 1200 hours and noon are alike. Mike: Soap and shampoo are similar. Lee: I know. Shampoo is similar to soap. Mike: Yes, shampoo and soap are alike. They both are used to clean. Oscar: Soccer and American football are different. Kevin: I know what you mean! The two games are not alike. Oscar: American football is different from soccer. ARE BOOTS SIMILAR TO SHOES? Ask and answer questions about the words. Use like, alike, the same, the same as, different, different from, similar, and similar to. EXAMPLES:boots/shoes Are boots and shoes the same? No, theyre not. Are boots and shoes different? Yes, they are. Are shoes and boots similar? Yes. We wear both on our feet. No. Boots are heavy, and shoes are light. door/gate Is a door similar to a gate? Are a door and a gate similar? Yes, they are. You use a door to go into a house. use a gate to go into the yard.

YOU GIVE ME ANY ADVICE? BOOK 9 LESSON 3

What should I do with this wallet? You should look for a name, then call the owner. You should tell Sgt Sinims that you are leaving early. How does Jack drive? He drives very carefully. columns! Write paragraph iing Map/Directions Sentence Expansion Topic Dictation

borrow care about care for enjoy fix guess hurt lend! lent lie not care (for) park repair should anyone badly carefully carelessly correctly easily excited fast how maybe safely slowly someone advice feelings friendship garage lie opinion party roommate secret story tool truth go out hurt (someones) feelings a little white lie in my opinion tell (someone) a lie, a secret, a story, the time, the truth 1. Donna and I are roommates. We live in the same apartment. 2. Were also good friends. Our friendship started when we were in high school. 3. When I dont know what to do, Donna gives me advice. For example, last Saturday I wanted to go to Toms birthday party. I also wanted to go to dinner with some friends who were visiting from New York. I asked Donna what I should do. Her advice was to go out with my friends from New York. 4. Next month Donna is going to China to study for a year. She is very excited and talks a lot about the trip. When she comes back, I know she will tell us many interesting stories. 5. Friday is Donnas birthday. We are going out to a restaurant for dinner. Maybe well have Chinese food or maybe well have some French food. Im not sure. After dinner well go to a movie. 6. Donnas mother is here to visit. Donna cares about her mother very much. Her mother is also excited about Donnas trip to China. She will visit her next summer. Harry: Joe: Paul: Joe: Well, maybe youll want some dessert later. Excuse me, please. Im going to go over and talk to Bill and Linda. You didnt have dinner with your parents. We were playing football until 45 minutes ago. I know. I didnt want to lie, but Harrys a terrible cook. I got sick the last time I ate his food. I just told him that little white lie because I didnt want to hurt his feelings. Oh. Yes, sometimes a lie--not a big one--just a little white lie seems like the best thing to do. To tell you the truth, I dont care for his cooking either. But, he was standing right next to me and I had to take some!

Answer the questions. Use the vocabulary from the lesson. Are Joe, Paul, and Harry at the movies? Where is the party? Why isnt Paul eating? Did he eat dinner before he came to the party? Did he tell Harry the truth? Was it a big lie? Why did he tell a little white lie? When was the last time you told a little white lie? CONVERSATIONS BETWEEN SAM AND LOU. Lou: Wheres Mike? Sam: Lou: I dont know. late today. Well, do you want to go see that new movie?

Sam: Lou:

Okay. Do you want me to drive? I guess you should. My car wasnt working right today.
_____

I guess hes at work. He said he might work. 9. Please dont bother Dave right now. He has to write a a. truth b. story c. lie 10. Lets wait a few more minutes. Tony will come. a. If b. Maybe c. Before I WANT TO TELL YOU SOMETHING. the expressions in the box to complete the sentences.
_____

for his English class.

PLEASE, DONT TELL ANYONE.

Read the sentences. 1. Are you waiting for someone? 2. No, Im not waiting for anyone. 3. Jane saw someone go into Captain Smiths office 4. Did Sue see anyone in the office? 5. Yes, she saw someone in front of Mikes room. 6. Does Sergeant Allen want anyone to move this box? Ill park it out front when its Ted: Thats fast! I thought it would take a lot longer because its an old automobile. Do you have all the tools that you need? Yes, I have old tools to fix old cars, and new tools to fix new cars. Ted: Do you want me to leave the car here or should I park it out front? Just leave it here.ready. Ted: Okay. Im going to Sams house after work. He lent me a tape and I need to return it. What kind of tape did he lend you? Its a tape with music from a movie that we saw last week. Does he have a lot of tapes? He sure does. Id like to borrow some more of them. Uh, do you have a car I can borrow? Answer the questions about the dialog. 1. What did Ted ask Al to do? 2. Where does Al work? 3. How long will it take to repair the car? 4. What does a mechanic use to repair cars? 5. Does the mechanic have the tools that he needs? 6. Where will the mechanic put the car when its ready? 7. What did Sam lend Ted? 8. What does Ted want to borrow from Al?
...

TVS, REFRIGERATORS, AND MORE

1. Which shop fixes only TVs? Which place will pick up for free? Where can you buy a refrigerator? Where can you get a radio repaired?

2.
3. 4.

I THINK WE SHOULD WALK.

Read your part and learn it well enough to say it without looking at your book. 1. Bob: The restaurant is 6 blocks away. Should we walk or take a taxi? Tom: I think we should walk. 2. Al: We must be at the airport at 7:30. Ed: We should leave right after dinner. 3. Mike: Which tie should I wear? Pete: You should wear the red one. shirt. When should we leave?It looks good with that Should I wear my black suit? Yes, I think you should. Its the Only one thaLs clean. 5. Roger: Kevin: We are going to be late for the party. call Helen? Yes, I think we should.Should we

YOU SHOULDNT DRIVE SO FAST.

Change the sentence. Use shouldnt and the words in parentheses. EXAMPLE: Bob should take two sweaters. He shouldnt take a heavy coat. (a heavy coat) You should take the bus. (a taxi) We should go swimming tomorrow. (today) Mike should go to a different barber. (the same) Janet should buy the long coat. (the short one) Gregory should play soccer. (football) You should eat a big breakfast. (dinner) We should walk to the store. (drive) Stores should sell drinks in bottles. (cans) Bill and Beth should stay with us. (in a hotel) I should order soup and a salad. (beef and potatoes)99 SHOULD I BUY A NEW CAR? Give advice to the other person. Look at the Should I buy furniture or rent it? How long will you stay here? A year, or maybe less. Jack: Then you should rent it. Should I fix my car or buy a new one? How old is it? Its ten years old. Should I buy a big car or a small car? How many children do you have? Should I buy a pet? Do you like animals? Yes. I think theyre interesting. Should I buy a big dog? Do you have a large yard? No. I live in an apartment. Should I visit Chicago or Houston? Do you like cold weather? Yes, I enjoy it. Should I keep my house or sell it?

Do you think youll move back here sometime? No, Ill never move back here. Do you think I should find a different job? Are you bored? No. I like this job, but Im tired. Where should we go for lunch? Id like a hamburger and french fries. How about you? Fred: That sounds good to me.

IS MIKE A CAREFUL DRIVER? YES, TIE DR1VES CAREFULLY.

Read the pairs of sentences. 1. That was a bad tennis game Mark and John played. They played badly. 2. Nick is a careful driver. He drives carefully. 3. Jack is a careless driver. He drives carelessly. 4. Bob is a safe driver. He drives safely. 5. Ed gave him the correct answer.He answered correctly. 6. That was an easy test for Bill. He answered all the questions easily. 7. Frank is a very slow mechanic. He works slowly. 8. Mike is a good cook.He cooks well.

DO YOU DRIVE CAREFULLY?

1. Jims driving carelessly.

2.
3.

The girls are walking slowly.

Don slept badly last night. 4. Ellen arrived safely.

ANNA SPEAKS FRENCH WELL.

Read the sentences. 1. Please drive safely. 2. A train cant stop fast. 3. The instructor spoke slowly. 4. The students listened carefully. 5. The class reviewed the lesson well. 6. Sam answered the questions correctly. 7. The clerk counted the money carelessly. 8. Harvey moved the heavy bookcase easily. 9. The student pilot landed the airplane badly. PLEASE DO THIS CORRECTLY. Use the correct form of the word to complete the sentences. EXAMPLE: John speaks English correctly 1. Nancy writes 2.Roy reads his language book very (bad) (careful) (correct)

______________.

______________.

110W DID MARY DRIVE THIS MORNING?

How did Mike drive on the trip? He drove carelessly. 2. Jim: How does Lori cook? 3.Mother: Father: Alan: She cooks well.

How did the children sleep last night? They didnt sleep well.

how does Jimmy ride his bike? He rides very carefully. How did he repair the car? He repaired it easily. 6. Mr. Gates: How does Frank do his job? Mr. White: He does it very carefully and correctly.

DID LINDA ANSWER THE QUESTION CAREFULLY?

Ask and answer questions like the example. In the question, use how and the underlined word. In the answer use the underlined word and a word from the box.

badly

correctly carefully carelessly

safely easily fast

slowly well

EXAMPLE: Mary was late this morning. breakfast in five minutes. She had to eat 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. How did she eat? She ate fast. Donna likes to cook. She fixed a big dinner Sunday, and everyone thought the food was delicious. Lt Peters is writing a letter for the general. Everything in the letter has to be right. Frank and Pat Day have two young children. Last night the children were sick and cried for hours. Frank and Pat didnt sleep much. Bruce is driving to his office. Hes drinking a cup of coffee and hes talking to someone in the back seat. He isnt thinking about the traffic. Paul wants to get a job at the bank. They gave him a lot of forms to fill out. He took his time completing the forms and filled in all the information. Johns taking a math test right now. The problems arent hard for him. The teacher gave the class only 30 minutes for the test. The other students may not finish it, but John will.

CAN YOU GIVE ME ANY ADVICE? Read the dialogs. 1.Roger: I found this wallet, but I dont know whose it is.

Kevin: Maybe you should look through it to find an ID.

Roger:

Yes, and then we should call that person right away.

2.

David:

Its time for class and I forgot my book. What

should I do?

Stan: 3.

You can borrow mine. I wont need it until 10:00.

David: Thanks. Ill give it to you after this first class. Mark: Look at this check. My father sent me this money for my birthday. What do you think I should do

Carl:
4.

with it? I guess you should save it. Then you wont have to

borrow money from me all the time. Jack: I told Al that I didnt know who broke his TV. I told a lie. I broke it accidentally. What should I do? Chris: Tell him the truth. Hes your friend. Hell understand. Then maybe you should help pay for the repair.

YOU SHOULD should.

1.

....

Read the situation. Choose a response or make one of your own. Then give advice in a complete sentence using My friend borrowed $10 from me three weeks ago. When I ask him about the money, he tells me next week, next week. What should I do?

a.
b. c. d.

ask him again

forget about it tell a friend to ask him about it other

YOU FORGIVE ME? BOOK 9 LESSON 4

apologize bathe fill (up) forgive! forgave hang/hung hope mean/meant (to) realize run/ran out of spill step (on) worry take/took a bath so soft sorry worried (about) prif. room WILDA AND WALTERS TRIP Wilda and Walter were getting ready to go on a trip. They had to do the laundry because all their clothes were dirty. They washed and dried their clothes.

After they finished the laundry,

-

they packed their suitcases. They

put all the baggage in the car. They hoped to leave early the next day. The alarm clock woke them up early the next morning. They were really tired. They didnt want to get up

so early, but they did.

They started the trip with a full tank of gasoline in the car. After they drove for about 5 hours, Walter checked the gas gauge. He realized the tank was almost empty. He didnt want to run out of gas. He stopped at a gas station in the next block to fill up the car. 7LIEL 7LIEL

They filled up the tank and asked the clerk, Where are the restrooms? He told them that the restrooms were at the side of the gas station. The mens room was on the left and the ladies room was on the right.

AT THE MOTEL Wilda and Walter arrived at the motel at 6:30. They were glad they had reservations because the motel was full. Many people were traveling that day.

. When they got to their room, a lady was making the bed. She was putting
-

two soft pillows on the bed and a

clean sheets on the bed. There were blanket, too.

8. There were two chairs in the room. One was a nice soft chair. The other was a hard chair. 9. They were really tired at the end of the long day. Wilda wanted to take a bath and relax. She filled up the bathtub and stayed in the bath for 20 minutes. She felt better after she bathed. 10. Walter opened the suitcase and hung up some of their clothes in the closet. He didnt hang up everything because there were only 3 hangers in the closet. 11. The next morning, they woke up at 6:30 without an alarm clock. They got dressed and went to pay the motel bill. Then they went to the restaurant to have breakfast.

TRUE OR FALSE? Listen to the statements and tell if they are true or false. Chuck: Tony: You look worried. I am. I didnt study for the test. Chuck: You should be worried. Mr. Ames said it was going to be a difficult test. Maybe next time you should study more and worry less.

WILL YOU FORGIVE ME? Dan: Tom: I need to talk to you, Tom. I want to apologize to you. You should. You really made me angry! I thought we were good friends. Why did you tell Bill that I took his wallet? 6 ARE YOU WORRIED? IM SORRY.

Sam:

Im pleased that you forgave Dan. I know he really hurt you.

Tom: Dan: Sam:

Yes, he did. But after he apologized today, we said we were going to forget it. You are a good friend. I learned an important lesson. Now, lets watch the game. Well, I saw you with his jacket at Cathys party. Cathy asked me to hang up everyones jacket. I was just taking them to the closet. Then when Bill was getting readj to go, he said his wallet was gone.

Tom: Dan:

Yes, and then when he got home he realized it was in his gray pants hanging in the closet. I really am sorry. I hope youll forgive me.

I THINK THIS MOVIE IS BORING. I fotqcr; I tWrtk -e hcapeE: for9et

(That)
(thpt) (that) ~ues~ learn see

we hac~ a test today.~. tfrts~ mqvi~ 4q bcn~ng. youJ4L corn. to his pazty. h~r te~,1tze thutnk hope remember rea~ know ijnderstar~

After these verbs inc2ip~ti~q rn~ntaI. activxty you use a that noun clpud~ as a direct object. Notice that Read the dialogs. 1. Jim: Tom: 2. Dan: Don: Do you think this movie is boring? No, I think its interesting. I guess Ill have to study this weekend. I guess I will too.

3. Kim: Did Mike realize that it was 11:30? Pat: No, he didnt. He thought that it was only 10:30. 4.Sue: Does Tom know that Jim is arriving tonight? Bob: Yes, he learned that he was arriving about an hour ago. 5.Tim: I heard on the radio that its going to rain tonight. Pam: I saw on TV that the rain might change to snow later.

THE OTHER STUDENTS KNOW THAT THE TEST STARTS AT 10:00.

Complete the sentences using a that noun clause. Look at example. EXAMPLE: 1. The test starts at 10:00. Paul doesnt realize

John told the truth. Marsha knows

2.

John didnt tell a lie. Ann knows the Paul doesnt realize it. that the test starts at 10:00.

3. Jason will leave on Friday. Jason learned

ALEX IS GLAD THAT TIM AND BOB ARRIVED SAFELY.

Alex: Im really glad youre here.

Tim: Were happy that were here, but were upset that were so late.

3. Alex wasnt angry that the plane was late.

to see that his friends arrived safely.

He was happy

Grammar
THE MANAGER IS ANGRY THAT THE APARTMENT IS DIRTY. Match the correct letter to the number.
EXAMPLE: a a. The manager is angry
_____

1. Lt Hill was upset 3. The waitress is happy 4. The driver is sorry

2. The students are glad

_____

_____

5. The teacher is angry that the apartment is dirty. b. c. d. e. f. that someone left her a big tip. that the airman didnt salute. that three students are late. that they dont have to take a test. that he didnt put gas in his taxi.

IS TOM HAPPY THAT HE BOUGHT A SMALL CAR? TOMS NOT HAPPY THAT HE BOUGHT A SMALL CAR. Read the sentences. Then put them together in a question using an adverbial that clause. Look at the example.

EXAMPLE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Tom bought a small car. Is he happy? Is Tom happy that he bought a small car?

His son broke the window. Is Mr. Letterman angry? Donnas car ran out of gas. Is she upset? Fred lost Jims new jacket. Is he sorry? Her husband remembered her birthday. Was Mrs. Davis pleased? Betty doesnt have to work today. Is she glad? The Martins lost their airline tickets. Are they upset?

Now put the sentences together to make a negative sentence with a that adverbial clause. Look at the example. EXAMPLE: Tom bought a small car. Hes not happy. Toms not happy that he bought a small car. Helens friend lied to her. Shes not happy. His traffic ticket cost $75. Kens not pleased. Tommy broke an old glass. His mothers not upset. Janet moved to Houston. Shes not sorry. Paul was late to dinner. Ann wasnt angry. John sold his car. He wasnt glad. Use one of the words below to complete the sentence. Use each word only once. 1. The teacher is homework. 2. Mr. Hawkins was well on the test. 3. Pams 4. Lt Simpson was remembered him. glad sorry happy pleased that the class didnt do the that his students did
_______________

IS AL SORRY THAT HE DIDNT STUDY FOR THE TEST?

that she

hurt her friends feelings. that Col Lynch

STEVE APOLOGIZED FOR LOSING LISAS NOTEBOOK.

What did Ms. Young apologize to you for? She apologized for forgetting to return my call. What is Steve apologizing to Lisa for? He is apologizing to her for losing her notebook. Did the other driver apologize for running the red light? No, he didnt. He thinks the accident was my fault. What was the waitress apologizing to John for? She was apologizing for bringing him cold food. Did the motel clerk apologize for giving us the wrong room? Yes, he did. He apologized right away. JACK APOLOGIZED TO JILL FOR SPILLING HER ORANGE JUICE.

Read the sentences. Make a new sentence using apologize for + gerund. Look at the example.
EXAMPLE: Jack spilled Jills orange juice. He apologized to her. Jack apologized to Jill for spilling her orange juice. OR Jack apologized for spilling Jills orange juice. 1. 2. 3. The travel agent lost our airline tickets. He apologized. Brad parked his car in the wrong place. He apologized. The barber cut Roys ear. He is apologizing.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 139

Sara was talking in class. She apologized to her teacher. The waitress gave Ted the wrong check. She apologized to him. Ralph ran the stop sign. He apologized to the other driver. Ed forgot to put gas in the car. He is apologizing to his father. Cindys brother hurt her feelings. He is apologizing.

IM SORRY! Here are some expressions we use to apologize to someone. Im sorry. Please forgive me. Excuse me. I want to apologize. Here are some expressions we use to respond to an apology. Thats okay. No problem. Dont worry about it. Thats all right. Dont let it happen again. I APOLOGIZE. IT WAS AN ACCIDENT.
Mike: Sue: Can you forgive me, Sue? I didnt mean to hurt your feelings. Well, I know now that you didnt mean to hurt my feelings. Yes, Ill forgive you.

Jeff: Oh! Was that your foot? Im sorry. Does it hurt? Lori: Its okay. It was an accident. It will be all right in a minute. Im so sorry, sir. I guess I had too many things in my hands. Did I get any water on you? No, dont worry about it. Nothing spilled on me. I want to apologize for not calling you yesterday. I was very busy all day. Thats all right. Im glad you had time to call me today. Jim: Excuse me. I didnt realize that you were sitting here. Carla:

Ill move over.

No problem. Thank you.

ITS OKAY THIS TIME, BUT NEXT TIME BE MORE CAREFUL. Read the situation and then choose the phrase that best completes the dialogs. 1. Jack was running because he was late. caused him to spill his coffee. Jack:
Fred:

Oh no! Fred, (Im sorry /No problem.) I hope that didnt get on your trousers. No, it didnt. (Its all right./Excuse me.) Please watch where youre going next time.

BOOk 10 LESSON 1 Summary F. Can you tell me how to operate this machine? First, put the money in the aslot. G. Bill know how to fix the car. Bill taught me how to fix my car. Mark asked him how to fix his car.Barbara listens to music while she exercises. No, James wasn't eating when you called. Where did you go after you left the library? Dinner is at eight. You're supposed to be there at eight. V. be supposed to stick\stuck a infige; toiag; bat; a lipi teach\taugh a instrui; a preda get back a reveni; a se intoarce got back work opera; munca after mai tarziu/dupa another o alta; un alt; un altul before in fata; inainte everywhere peste tot exacrt exact; a pretinde; corect exactly chiar; exact favorite finally in incheiere; definitiv last\lastly cel din urma; trecut(timp); ultim(ul) no nu out of afara din; depasit popular popular stuck part. trecut de la stick until pana ce; pana la when cand; in timp ce; pe cand cream frisca; smantana cheving mestecare chew a mesteca knob ciot; maner(sferic la usi); nod machine masina; aparat; dispozitiv nut nuca; aluna opening deschidere; inaugurare selection selectie; sortare; alegere soda apa gazoasa; sifon soda pop suc acidulat la cutie detergent diet drink soft drink time vreme; timp tray copaie; tava vending machine automat wasing machine masina de spalat diet a tine regim; dieta; regim gum\cheving gum coin return out of order dispense a prepara(medicamente); a imparti; a distribui drop a lasa sa cada; bomboana; a cadea; picatura; strop find out a prinde cu minciuna; a afla; a descoperi insert figura; gravura; a insera; pagina intercalata; a insera; a intercala; medalion operate a opera(med); a actiona; a manui gum a secreta cauciuc; arborele de cauciuc; cauciuc; ; clei; a lipi; guma; guma de mestecat while cat timp; pe cand; pe cata vreme; desi; in timp ce candy bar bomboane; a se zaharisi; zahar candel chip a aschia; aschie; ciobitura; a faramita coin a bate(moneda); a inventa(cuvinte); moneda release descarcare; a achita; a scuti; eliberare; liberar

1.Be careful or the stamp will stick to your fingers. 2. The stamp stuck to his finger. 3. The stamp is stuck to his fingr. 4. The stamp sticks to his finger. 5.I stuck the milk in the refrigerator. 6. The vegetable drawer is stuck. I can't close it. 1.This is a vending machine. 2.It's a snack vending machine. 3.A snack vending machine dispenses snacks. 4.I can work this machine. It's easy. 5.It has a small opening for coins. 6.Put your coins in the slot. 7. The snack is supposed to drop into the tray. 8. Sometimes, the coins stick and nothing comes out. 9. Turn the coins return or coin relese. You'll get your money back. 10. Your coiuns will drop into the coin return. 11. Insert your coins again and wait until return. 12.Pull the knob below your selection. 14. Your snack selection will drop into the tray. A. I'm thirsty. Let's get soda pop. Z. Okay.There's soft drink vending maschine on the left side of the bilding. A.Did they fix it? It was out of order yesterday. Z. It was working earlier. I got a sodas from it this morning. A.What kind do you want? Z. A diet drink. A. A diet drink? Z.Yes. I need to lose 10 pounds. A.There are no more diet drinks in the machine. Z.Oh, you mean the machine is out of diet sodas. A.Uh huh! Do you want something else? Z. No, thanks. I'll get some water. Theres a lot of sugar ia a soda pop. Theres a little sugar in juice. Theres no sugar in a diet drink. There are a lot of students in room A. There are a few students in room B.There are no students in room C. There is\are\was\were + not Bill found out how to fix the car. Bill forgot how to fix the car. Bill knew how to fix the car. Bill learned how to fix the car. Bill remembered how to fix the car. Bill showed me how to fix the car. Bill told me how to fix the car. Bill tought mehow to fix the car. Bill asked me how to fix the car. 1. Jim forgot how to operate this machine. 2.Did you find out how to repair the bicycl? 3.Yes, I'll tell you how to f ix it. 4. Robert will teach him how to use it again. 5.I don't know how to drive a truck. 6.When did George learn how to cook 7. What is Sue showing Tom how to do? 8. Jane doesn't remember how to fly the plane. 9. Keith asked me how to fix the radio.

When\while\after\before\until Jerry listens the radio while he studies. Bonnie saw the new sofa when she came in. Major Sims will write tous after he arrives home. James was waching TV before his brother called. Fran cant buy a new car until she saves some money. 1. Greg exercised until they closed the gym. 2.Will you mail this letter before you leave the office? 3.Lt Martin went to the drugstore after he left the dispensary. 4. Johnny always eats while cooks. 5. Kathy went to the movie after she finished her homework. 6.Robert can't send the package until he finds out the new address. 7.Does Captain Reyes always work out before he swims 8. Richard will learn Arabic when he goes to Yemen. 9. Mike was driving his new car when Dianed saw him. 10 Barbara istens to music while she exercises. Its the same, but diferent. The students were studying when the teacher walked in When the teacher walked in, the students were studying. Can you tell me..? 1.Can you tell me how to use this machine? 2. Sure. Just put the money in the slot. 3. Wait until it drops. Then lift this door. 4.Make your selections. 5. How do you use this machine. 6.You're supposed to put your money in first. Then pull the knob. 7. Do you know how to operate this? 8. Push the button. 9.DO you know how this machine works? 10. Show me how this works, please. A. Can you help me, please? I put some money in this machine, but the drink didn't come out. Do you think it's out of order. Z.No, I don't. I just bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. Maybe the coins are stuck. A.What should do? Z. Push the coin return. You should get your money back. Thentry again. A. Will you please show me how this machine works? I want to buy a stamp for this letter. Z. Sure.Just put a quarter in the slot. Push button and pul the stamp out. A. Will the machine give me change? Z.Yes, this one does. Look in the change cup.

A. Do you know where I can get something to eat? Z. There's a vending machine with sandwiches in it in the next room. A.Can you come with me and show me how to use it ? Z.Oh, it's easy. Insert the money, make your selection by letter and number, and open the windows for your sandwich. A. I want to get a soda. Do you know how this machine works Z. Yes.First put in 50 c make your selection, and then push th button. Be sure that the coins drop before you push the button. A. I'll get you one, too. What's your favorite soda? Z. Oh thanks. 'd like a diet soda. Be supposed to Im supposed to relax. Youre supposed to be on time for class. Hes supposed to wear a seatbelt. Were not supposed to drink a drive. They not supposed to smoke in the classroom. Am I supposed to be in this building? Is he (she) supposed to go to the lab now? Are you (we; they) supposed to report to the captain. Are they supposed to obey trafic laws 1. You're supposed to have a driver's license before you drive. 2. When dinner is at 7 o'clock, you're supposed to be there at 7 o'clock. 3.You're not supposed to smoke on airplanes. 4. What time are you supposed to be at the airport? 5. Is your class supposed to start at 6 o'clock? 6. I.m supposed to call my family tonight. 7. When you live in the city, you're supposed to keep your doog in the yard. 8. She's not supposed to walk on the grass at school. BOOk 10 LESSON 2 Summary F. G. Let me introduce you to my wife. Jill, this is Mark Smith. We're ready to est. She's not afraid to live alone.Where? Across (from)\in frontof\in backof\behinin\on\under\at\near\above\ belong\by\next to arrives = will arrive, is going to arrive, is arriving hotara; a rezolva; a decide a initia; a introduce; a stabili numai; singur pe scari in jos; situat la parter toata lumea; toate; toti; fiecare terminat; gata; in sus; sus adult afraid infricosat; speriat receive a primi afraid infricosat; speriat down deal; puf; jos; a cobora; a dobori everybody toate; toti; fiecare politely upstrairs la etaj; pe scari; sus cafetaria restaurant cu autoservire clothes straie; haine

V. decidea introduce wrote down alone downstairs everyone up adult clothing store

departament store escalator scara rulanta introduction introducere; prefata neighbor vecin; invecinat parking lot rule regula shop magazin; pravalie shopping center stairs scari; trepte supper supeu; cina mall alee de plimbare publica; promenada polite distins; elegant; amabil; politicos pleased bucuros; multumit floor dusumea; etaj; fund(de mare pestera); incinta a parlamentului let\let auxiliar al imperativului; a ingadui; a lasa; a permite shake\shook scuturare; zgaltai; zgaltaiala; a scutura; a zdruncina write\ a compune muzica; a scrie; scriere varirty store go shopping have you met (noun\pronoun\proper noun)? How do you do? I'd like you to meet It's a pleasuere to meet you. Let me introduce (noun\pronoun) to (noun\pronoun) 1.There are many stores in the shopping center. 2.Mall is another word for shopping center. 3.A departament store is a large store. It sells many kinds of things. 4.You can buy clothes, curtains, furniture, dishes, and tools at a depattament store. 5.A variety store also sells many different things. 6. A cafeteria is a restaurant similar to a mess hall. 7. There's a large parking lot in front of the shopping center. Many cars can park there. 8. The pet shop sells cats, dogs, and birds. 9. Many people like to shop in shopping centers. 10.When you go shopping at a shopping center, you can compare the prices for things in different stores. 11.You can't park your car in front of the mall. 12.The police won't let you park there. 1.This shopping center has two floors, the first floor or ground flooe, and the second floor. 2. The stairs are next to thre barbershop. 3. The stairs don't move but escalator does. 4. People go up and down on the stairs and escalators. 5.The cafetaria and the bookstore are upstrairs. 6. The mall has clothing store for children and adults. 7. Men can buy clothes at the For Men clothing store upstrairs. 8. My Child Clothing store and Ben's Barbershop nare downstrairs. A. John, have you met you Don Clarck? Z.No, I haven't. A. Well, let me introduce him to you.

A.John I'd like you to meet Don clarck. Z.It's a pleasure to meet you. A. Glad to meet you, too. A.Major Stans, let me introduce Captain gray. Major Stans, Captain Gray. Z.How do you do, Captain gray? X.How do you do sir? I'm pleased to meet you. Z.Are you new in town? X.Yes, I arrived judt two days ago.

Everyone\everybody Is everyone going rhe party? Yes, everybody is going. Does everyone (everybody) like to go the mall? Yes, everyone (everybody) like to go the mall. No, not everyone (everybody) like to go the mall. infinitive form of the verb (to eat, to leave, tosay, ) can The infinitive form of the verb (to eat, to leave, tosay,) can sometime flfollow an adjective in the pattern: Subject + BE + adjective +infinitive. The adjectives in the paradigm follow this pattern. Ted isnt ready to leave in the party. Col Davis will be pleased to speak at graduation. Calvin was upset to hear about the accident. Janet is happy to be back in town.Frank was glad to help to say Judy move.Lt Brooks is sorry to say good-bye to his men.Is Linda afraid to live alone ? 1.When will you be ready to go? 2.I'm pleased to be here today. 3. Mrs. Johnson isn't afraid to live alone. 4. Peter is glad to be a student in the United Staes. 5. The major was sorry to hear the bad news. 6. Was Arthur upset to see his score. 7. Robert was very happy to see you last night. 8. The children aren't ready to eat. 9. Pvt Andrews is afraid to talk to the captain. 10.Kevin will be glad to help you move. Simple present tense Sometime we use the simple present tense to express a future action. Thre bus will arrive tomorrow. Thre bus is going to arrive tomorrow. Thre bus is arriving tomorrow. Thre bus arrives tomorrow. will arrive\ is going to arrive\ is arriving = arrives A.What time will the plane take off. Z.You plane takes off at 3:45.

A.When is the plane going to land in Florida? Z.The plane lands at 8:00 that evening. A.Will someone pick me you up the airport? Z. Yes, the hotel car picks you up at 8:55 and takes you to the hotel. A.When will I return? Z.Sunday morning .Y our plane leaves Florida at 9:00.a.m. It arrives here at 3:00 that afternoon. A.Hello, Mr. Dodson. Am I leaving on Monday? Z.Yes, you are. You need to be at the airport at 2 o'clock.

BOOk 10 LESSON 3 Summary F. G Would you please lend me your dictionary? Sorry, but I don/t have one. Suere, I'd be happy too. . Lt Mathews likes flying helicopteres. Would you? Please lend me your dictionary? Sorry, but I don/t have one. Suere, I/d be happy too. Surre, I can. Sorry, I can't. What did the captain say? He said to report to the major's office. a fi in stare; bidon; conserva; a putea capac; husa; coperta; a acoperi; a ascunde a ajuta sa coboare; a da; a elibera a respecta un angajament; a tine; a pastra a afana; a se dezlega; a slabi stransoarea aer posac/amenintator; a apleca; a cobori a creste vite; a starni; a ridica a inapoia; a inlocui; a restitui a etansa; a incorda; a se contracta ai; ati; ar; as; voi; vei; va; vom; veti; (exprima dorinta) capac; husa; coperta; a acoperi; a ascunde cheie; tasta; clapa; cheia exercitiilor; solutie; tonalitate (muzica) bineanteles; desigur a umfla jack up a indeparta; a muta mind cuget; minte a absolvi; a iesi hurry up mai repede!; grabeste-te comun; obisnuit enough destul; suficient supliment; in plus flat apartament; neted; plan dezlegat; liber; nedeslusit quick\quickly prompt; iute frugal; disponibil; liber tight etans; indesat; solid aer hub cap

V. could\can cover hand out keep loosen lower raise replace tighten would\will cover key certainly inflate remove pass out common extra loose spare air

hub lug tire wheel

bucsa; centru de activitate; butuc toarta; smucitura; a trage plictisi; pneu; cauciuc; a obosi invartire; roata

jack nut trunk wrench

marinar; cric; individ nuca; aluna porbagaj trunchi; butuc cheie(scula); entorsa; a forta

A car has four wheels. The tire is on the wheel. The hub cap (wheel cover) covers the hub or center of the wheel. When you remove the hub cap and the nuts. A flat tire has little or no air. The lugs , or nuts fasten the wheel to the car. When you loosen the nuts, turn the wrench to the left. When you tighten the nuts, turn the wrench to the right. Use the jack to raise the xcar the ground. Use the lug wrench to remove the nuts. The trunk is in the back of the car. Some common tire are the jack and the wrench. You need to open the trunk with a car key. 1.Take your spare tire, lug wrench, and jack out of the trunk. 2.Remove the hub cap with the wrench. 3. Loosen the nuts with the wrensh. 4.Put the jack in place. 5. Jack up the car. 6.Remove the nuts from the wheel. 7. Remove the flat tire. 8. Put the spare tire on. 9. Replace the l8ug and, tighten them until you can/t turn them by hand. 10.Lower the car and, finish tightening the nuts. 11. Remove the jack and replace the hubcap. 12. Put the flat tire, the wrench, and the jack in the trunk. When I need to keep warm, I put lots of covers on my bed. When you need to keep warm, you put lots of covers on your bed; when I need to keep warm, I drink hot coffee, I wear my glovers and cap.Gerunds The object of a verb is usually a noun or pronoun. I like basketball. The objectof a verb can also be a gerund. A gerund is the -ing form of verb. It is used as a noun. I like playing basketball. (gerung) I like playing basketball.(gerung phrase) There are certain verbs that can be followed by gerunds. Mike stars moving next week. Does William mind stopping here? Sgt Kline didn't begin exercising until 7:00 a.m. Jaqet finished esting before Peter. The boy enjoy playing soccer. The Marines like driving alond the ocean.

1.Did Jim begin studying French last summer ? 2.Joe enjoys swimming in the summer. 3.Marie finished cleaning her room. 4. Lt Mathews likes flying helicopters. 5.Ms. Wilson does't mind staing until Sam gets back. 6.Sgt Hercules stared lifting weight when he was sixteen years ago. 7.Egard Alen Poe began writing when he was ten years ago. Did Mary finish reparing the window? Where did you begin studying for this quiz. I began studying three weeks ago. Do you enjoy playing basketball? Yes, and I also enjoy playing soccer.

Does Mary like listening to the radio? Yes, and she likes watching TV, too. When did Captain Maza start flying? He started flying six years ago. Polite requests We use could you an would to make polite requests (when we need another persons help). Polite request Annswers Could you please open the do? Yes, of course I can. No.Im sorry. I cant Would you help me with this box? Yes, Ill be happy to help you. Id like to, but I cant right now. Could you take me to the commissary after class? Of course I can. I'd be glad to. Could you please show me how this works? Yes, I can. I learned thie morning. Could you tightenthe nut. No, I can't make it any tighter. Would youhave dinner with me and my family tonight? Yes, I'll be happy to have dinner with tonight. Would yiu help me move this desk? Sorry I can't. I have a bad back. Would you please lend me your dictionary? Sorry, but I don.t have one. Would you please hand me the dictionary? Sure, I'd be happy to. What did the captain say? He said to report to the Major's office. Freddy what did Dad say? He said to hang my coat up. What did Maj John ask you? Maj John asked me to get him thr dictionary. BOOk 10 LESSON 4 Summary F. How your family? Fine, thanks you. And yuore? How's the weather in Dallas? It's very pleasant right now. What kind of work do you do? I'm a salesman. I sell cars. G. Charles can'is able to take a vacantion this years. Is it coid outside? It's 35 degrees. (Fahrenheit)What tine is it? It's one thirty. It takes about two hours to get there. V. be able to collect a colecta; a colectiona; a incasa marry a se casatori type a dactilografia; tip; caracter work off a se debarasa de work on work out a sfarsi about de jur imprejur; despre famous vestit; renumit from din; de la; de how cat de; ce; cum it ea(pentru obiecte/abstractiuni); el married casatorit pleasant agreabil; placut single unic; celibatar article articol baby copilas aunt tanti boss patron; sef; a dirija businessman om de afaceri businesswoman femeie de afaceri cashier casier; a concedia collection colecta; colectie cousin var; verisoara dentist dentist

folk grangmother nephev newspapre parent salesperson uncle people man\woman secretary writer take\took magazine far business company driver

rude; popor; familie bunica nepot ziar parinte(tata sau mama)

unchi; camatar a popula; populatie; natiune; popor omenire(generic); om; barbat \femeie secretar/ secretara; ministru uncle a compune muzica; a scrie; scriere a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca magazin periodic; revista(lit); magazie de arme(mil) demult; departe(in timp); la distanta; in departare; indepartat; departe afaceri; ocupatie; tranzactie; indeletnicire companie(armata); echipaj de vas; asociatie; societate; companie persoana care mana o turma; supraveghetor; vatman; vizitiu; conductor; sofer

grandfather grandparent news occupation relative salesman work

bunic bunic; bunica stiri profesie; meserie; ocupatie ruda; privitor la; relativ agent comercial; vanzator opera; munca

Paul Wright is Julie's grandfather. He's her father's father. Rita Smith is Julie's grandmother on the mother's side of the family. Jane Wright is Mark's aunt. Janet is Frank Wright's niece. Rick Smith is single. He's not married. Julie and George are getting married in June. They marriage will be in the summer. My aunts, uncles, grandparents, and cousine are all my relatives. Joseph and Rita are salespeople. They sell houses. Joseph is a salesman and rita is a saleswoman. Mr. Stoto is a businessman.He has a business. He owns a clothing store. He as a salesperson working for him. Nyra ia a taxi driver. She's also a businesswoman. She and her husband Hal own a taxi company together. Be able to Be able to is used to express ability.It is the same as can. Present. John is able to speak three languages. Jan can speak three languages. Future Well be able to leave tomorrow. We can leave tomorrow. Past I wasnt able to go last night. I couldnt go last night. 1.Will Roberty be able to go to the party? 3.Diane isn't able to move the refrigerator. 5. They weren't able to fix my car. 7. Was the secretsry able to fix the typerwriter? 8. Was your nephew able to read that magazine? 9. Jenifer's cousin will be able to drive next month. 10.Were you able to get yesterday's newspaper? 2.I dion't think he'll be able to go. 4. We were able to leave eaely. 6. Is grandmather able to take thetrip?

What is cold outside? Yes, it's 35 degrees ( Fahrenheit) Wat tin\me is it? It's 4:30. Is it time for lunch? No, it's only 10:00. Is it raining? Yes, it's raining very hard.

Is ti going to be hot today? No, it's going to be coolall today. How fwr is it to Austin from here? It's about 78 miles. How far is ti to Houston? It's about 230 miles. How far did Sgt. Miles drive yesterday? He drove 650 miles. How far is it to San Francisco? I don't know in miles, but it takes four and a half hours by plane. Haw far in Aunt Julie.s house? It tskes abot thirty minutes to get there. How far is it to your grandmother's house? It's not far. She lives right outside the city. How's your family? Fine thank you. And yours? How's your children? They's all well, thank you. How's your wife? She's fine, thanks. How's your uncle feeling? He's better, thanks. How the new baby? She's fine, thanks. Please come and see her. My talked to my parents yesterday? How are they? How,s your son Robert? He's fine. He has a new job. How's the wether in Dallas? It's very pleasant right now. How do you like this rainy weather? It's good weather for my vegetables. Do you think the weather will change? I don't know but I hope it rains soon. That was a nice shover this afternoon. Very hot this tine of year. Is it always this hot in Dallas? No, it's only hot in the summer. What kind of work do you do? I'm a salesman.I sell cars. How's your work? Not, good. I'm looking for another job. Do you have a job? No, I'm out of work right now. What kind of job do you have? I'm taxi driver. What are you working on? I'm writing an article for the Dallas Times. What kind of job are you looking for? I think I'd be a good salesman. What kind of work would you like to do? I'd like to be a nurse. BOOk 11 LESSON 1 Summary F. Dr. Hale'soffice.May help you ?I need you to make an appointment for my annual checkup. G.Maria has hada temperature since last night.How long was Jhon in the hospitel ?Have you been studying ?Yes, I've been reviewing Lesson . V. ache cough see\saw annual anymore in durere/a durea; a tanji tuse; a tusi a observa; a zari; a vedea anual in; la; din come\come in run\ran sneenze any longer horizontal out sosit; venit a alerga; a fugi a stranuta; stranutat orizontal; razant(foc)(mil); afara

parallel regular runny-nose sometime then appointment backache chest dot emergency ever inch\inches nurse patient problem stomachache temperature

paralel; paralela(geom); analog regulat guturai cateodata; uneori atunci(pe); apoi; pe urma intalnire/functie durere in spate lada; piept punct urgenta; pericol intotdeauna; oricand; vreodata distanta mica; inci; tol; statura(pl) infirmiera perseverent; rabdator chestiune; problema; situatie dificila durere de stomac temperatura

perpenticular runny since still vertical back check up could erache examination headache middle pain physical stomach symtom

perpendicular de atunci; de la; de; din silentios; linistit s cel mai inalt; vertical; suprem spate; spinare/a sprijini a controla; a verifica trec. de la can (a putea) examen; examinare durere de cap; dificultate mijloc suferinta; durere; stradanie fizic; trupesc; material inclinatie; a rabda; stomac; simptom; indiciu

catch\caught capcana; a se molipsi; a prinde; prada; captura get there\got there How about ? make\made run\ran a 1.Ned's chest hurts.2.Sally is running a temperature. 3. Frank's backs hurts.She has a paun in her back. 4.Her stomach hurts. 5. Fred has a backache.6.Sally has a head ache. 7.Joe has an earache.8.Pete has a stomachache. A.Dr.Getwell's office.May help you ' Z.Yes, I'd like to make an appointement to see the doctor. A.What would you like to see him about ' Z.I need to have a complete physical.I'm buyng some insurance, and the insurance company wants to be sure I'm good shape. A.When did you have you physical examination, sir ' Z.Well, I had my annual checkup about ten mounts ago. I have an appointment for my regular exam in two months, but I don't want to wait.The insurance company has a good deal this month. A.Can you come in Monday at 13:00 ' Z.No, I'm sorry.I can't make in Monday A.How about Tuesday at 7:45 ' Z.That'll be fine.Thank you. The present perfect tense John has a red car now. John had a red car last year. John has had a red car for six month. Robert is in New York today. Robert was in New York Thursday. Robert has been in New York since Monday.

To be =to have convers They have been here for a month.( They got here a month ago, and they're still here.) Ed has already had diner.( He just finished esting.) He has been to Europe(I'm not sure when he went ) I have Ive you have youve he has whe has shes it has its we have you have youve they have theyve has + not = hasnt have + not = havent A.Have you had that cold long ?Z.No, I haven't. I've had it only about two days. A.Where has John been all morning?Z.She's been at Martha's house. A.Has Red had that sports car long? Yes,he's had it for three years. Contractions hes weve

Questions with How long.The phrase how long is used to introduce question about length of time. How long did you stay at the party ? How long will they be on vacantion ? How long is the flight to New York ? How long has Henry owend that car ? How long will you stay in France ? I'll stay about three months. The present perfect progressive tense Like the present perfect tense, the present perfect progressive tense is used to refer to actions or events that began in the past continue into the present. There difference between the two tense.The present perfect progressive is closer to the present perfect is. The present perfect progressive stresses than anaction or event is not finished. T to also suggests that it will continue into the future. Theyve been talking on the phone for an hour. (Theyre talking nowand may talk for another hour.) Keith has been studying since 4:30. Anna and Bob have been studying since 4:00. A.Have you been wathing long sir ? Z.Yes, I've been sitting here over an hour. A.Has Larry been sleeping all afternoon? Z.No, he's been working on his car since 2:00. A.How have you been getting to work this week ?Z.I've been counting it .I've been thinking about how to use it. A.What have you been doing this summer ?Z. I've been going to summer school in the mornig and working out at the gim in the afternoon.

BOOk 11 LESSON 2 Summary F. Is it safe to pass a school bus? No, not when children are getting on or off the bus. G. Did anyone go to the game? No, everyone wached it on TV.Jim got lost on his way to the airport. I'm the one who rote the lrrtter; he's the person that signed it. V. become/became a deveni confuse a confunda; a incurca follow a urma; a pricepe; a insoti pull over a trage peste cap

signal speed/sped ahead anybody cautiously lose nobody relaxed which intersection pedestrian right-of-way sidewalk speed up steering wheel turn flash lane rossing yet instructor who that two-way get/got mean pass

semnal; semnalizator viteza; iuteala in fata; inainte cineva/oricine/nimeni

slow down/up yield ahead of cautions lost a pierde; a ratac nervous nimeni one-way destins; relaxat somebody care; ce anume; pe care caution intersectie; rascruce mind pedestru; pieton railroad right way trotuar(amer) speed limit a se grabi; a accelera steering timona; volan stop sing a intoarce; a invarti way sclipire; strafulgerare; a trece ca fulgerul banda de circulatie; culoar(sport); ulita intersectie(de strazi); traversare in afara de aceasta; inca instructor; asistent universitar(amer acela care; cine; pe cine; care; pe care care; aceea; acela; incat; pentru ca; sa; ca cu doua cai/canale; in ambele sensuri; duple a dobandi; a primi; a castiga; a obtine jigarit; mediocru; meschin; umil a reusi la examen; trecatoare; a trece

a reduce viteza; a incetini a renunta la; a produce precautiune pierdut; .trecut de la "lose" nervos bilet simpla calatorie; sens unic cineva precautiune cuget; minte cale ferata(amer) imediat indrumeaza; care conduce drum; fel

A.I get nervous when I drive. I just can' be relaxed when I'm behind the steering wheel! Z. Maybe you should take driving lessons from a good instructor. A.Yes, maybe I should.Z.Slowdown, Miss Jay, or you won't be able to make this turn safely. You must turn cautiously. Z.What's a good speed for a turn? A. Ten miles per hour is usualy best. Indefinite pronouns Someone and somebody are used in affirmative statements and questions : Sameone wants to speak to you on the phone. Somebody forgot to put gas in the car. Can someone please take this book to the library? Has somebody been using my pen without asking me? o one and nobody are used in affirmative statements. No one wants to leave before the general does. The weather was awful; nobody got to work on time. Anyone and anybody are usually used in negative statements and in affirmative and negative questions. They are sometimes used in affirmative statements. I didnt know anyone at the party last night. Can anyone in the office when you got there?

Doesnt anyone have a pencil? Anybody have a pencil. Would. A.Would anybody like some? Z.Yes, I think two of us would. A.Did somebody order tea? Z.Yes. I asked for tea. A.Can you someone a glass fo water? Z. No think you. Nobody needs water right now. A.Is anyone ready to order dessert? Z. No, one has finished eating yet. 1.Did anyone fail the test? Nobody failed the exam. 2 Can somebody help me? No one went to Jean's party. 3. Nobody wents to workfor Mr. Groudh. Anybody can learn to dtive. 4.I don't think anyone arrived on time today? Will someone be there at 3:00. are used as linking verbs to slow a change in stste r condition. Subject Linking Subject complement Most captains become majors (noun) The homework became confusing (adjective) Got 1.Do you get nervous before a test? 2.The children became tired of sightseeing. 3.Kelvin got lost on his way to Howard's house. 4.Prter become a doctor after ten yars of school. 5.Bob's clothes get dirty when he's woeks do his car. Adjective clauses An adjective clause is group of the words that describes a noun or pronoun. Adjective clauses begin with who, which, or that. Who refers to people. Which refers to things. That refers to both people and things Adjective clause Ms Steves is in one who teaches Spanish. Ropers is the store which sells tires. This is the watch that broke last week. Mr. Dial is the man that fixed it for me. 1.Which apartment do you like? I like the one that ha sthe big kitchen. 2.Did youcall the sergent yesterday? No,I want the person that called him. 3.What kind of car do you want? I want a car wich doesn't use much gas. 4.Did you pass the tes? I'm the only student who pas. 5. Is that the shirt that has chocolate on it? No, it's the shirt which has juice on it.sed it. Become and get

BOOk 11 LESSON 3 Summary F. When I tired to use this, it broke. Would you like to exange it for another one? No, I'd like a refund, please.

G. The coffee is still too hot to drink. He diden't go to the BX to buy anything. He went to cash a check.They drove cautiously on the snowy streets and icy roads. V. credit credit; a credita; incredere give\gave back a inapoia grease unsoare; grasime; a unge oil ulei; untdelemn; petrol refund a rambursa satisfly a multumi; a indeplini; a satisface stall grajd; staul tune up a pune la punct; a regla warm up a inviora atmosfera; a incalzi dissatisfied a nemultumi greasy unsuros; alunecos leaky oily onctuos; uleios noisy zgomotos satisfied satisfacut; satul too prea; foarte; de asemenea unhappy nefericit; nenorocit engine locomotiva; motor fly slit; a zbura; musca grease unsoare; grasime; a unge hose ciorapi; furtun motor motorizat; motor noise zgomot; zarva part piesa; parte refund a rambursa sales slip service munca; functie; serviciu charge a pune pe socoteala cuiva; cheltuiala; acuzatie; a incarca; povara bug gandac; obstacol neprevazut; defect tehnic; greseala give a da; a transmite; a acorda; a plati; a incredinta exchange bursa; comert; schimb; a schimba brake a framanta; a frana; frana; maracinis guarantee a garanta(si fig); chezasie; garantie leak a pierde apa; scurgere; a se scurge 1.What does Larry do after he drives 3,000 moles? 2. How much oil does his engine need? 3.Why does the oil inside the engine? 4.Why is the oil impertant? 5.What does Larry have to ask a mechanik to do for him? 6.After he's raised the car, what does the mechanic do? Too + predicate adjective + to-infinitive One the meaning of too is more than enough. Too followed by an adjective and a toinfinitive means more than is necessary for a particular purpose. The test was too long for us to finish.(We couldnt finish the test because it was longer than necessary). These shoes dont fit well. Theyre too tight. (These shoes are tighter than they should be in order to fit well.) Too + Adjective For + noun\pronoun Infinitive Candy is too sweet Coffee is too bitter for me to drink. Carol was too tired to drive. Itll be too early for the children to get up. 1.It's too cold to go outside. The children must play inside. 2.Susie can 't movie that table. It's too heavy.

3. Randy looks too young to be a doctor. 4.Jack's house isn't too difficult for you to find. 5.St. Louis is too far for you to drive there alone. 6.Is this chair too small to sit in? A.Bellotors. Fred Waters speaking. Z.Hello.This is Dave Green.I just had a tune up, but my car still stalls. A.We'd be glad to check it for you.Can you bring it in tomorrow. We're very busy today. Z.Okay.I'll see you early tomorrow morning. A.Speedy Engine Repair.May help you? Z.This is Mary Clark. One of your mechanics worked on my brakes yesterday but don't think he really fixed the problem. A.We'll be glad to take another look at the brake. Can you bring the car in early tomorrow morning? Z.yes, I'll be there at 7:00.Thank you very much. A.May I help you? Z.This jacket is too small. I want to exchange it. A. Do you have your sales slip? Z. Yes, here it is. A. Good. I'll credit your account, and you can select another jacket. Infinitive phrase of purpose An infinitive or infinitive phrase placed aftre a verb tells the reason for witch something is done. Jim didnt have any news. He just called to talk. (He only called because he wanted to talk.) Beth stopped because she wanted to buy some milk. (She stopped because she needed to buy some milk). Infinitive phrase of purpose Ray moved to save a little money Lt.Lee went to talk to the supervisor. Dont use a pen to mark the answer sheet. Roger called to invite us to his party. 1. We didn't stay to watch all of the show. 2.Did Ken go to the mall o meet his friends? 3. Henery's moving to Areizoana to start a new job. 4.Arnold went to Mexico last summer to study Spanish. 5.Ann called the doctor.s office to make an appointment. 6.Bill always stops to eat breakfast on his way to work. 7.Can I use a credit card to pay fot my airline tickets? 8. Mike didn't come to borrow money; he came to pay a bill. A.Did you stop at the post office? Did you change the oil in your car? Did you use this wrench? Did Shiela stay at home today? Did you talk to Ann last night? Yes, I stopped to pick up my mail. No, I paid Tony to change it for me. Yes, I used it to repair the foucet. No, she went to the commissary to get some milk. Yes, I called him to tell him about the game.

Did Ted move to Los Angeles? Yes, he moved to find a brtter job. Do you go to the library after class? No, I usually go to the gim to work out. The suffix _Y A suffix is a letter or group of letters added at the end of a word. When the suffix _Y is added to a noun the noun become an adjecrive which means like full of or characterized by something. When the noun ends with _e drop the _e bsfore adding _y. The water was soapy.(The water was full of soapy). cloud +y = cloudy sun +y = sunny fun +y = funny rain+y = rainy grease +y = greasy salt +y = salty ice +y = icy snow +y = snowy leak +y = leaky soap +y = soapy noise +y = noisy oil +y = oily water +y = watery storm +y = stormy There's a leak in the kitchen faucet. Can you fix a leaky faucet? The children had fun at the show. They thought the mopvie was funy. There was ice on roads yesterday. The roads in the montains were very icy. They had a lot of rain in Houston last weekend. West Texas doesn't have a loe of rainy weather. There was too much salt in the beans. Was the soup too salty? We drove to New York in a bad strom. I don't enjoy driving in stourmy weather. BOOk 11 LESSON 4 Summary F. I think this program's boring. What's your opinion of it? I think it's very interesting. In fact I'm really enjoying it. G. We could see Bob, but he couldn't see us.Thom told mr that he was too busy to go to the show with us. Myra's relatives are arriving on Sunday and staying for a week. V. entertain a amuza; a distra feel\flet a simti; a percepe; a pipai frighten a speria; a ingrozi intend to intend for destinat; intentionat; menit laugh at a lua in ras; a ride de plan to a elabora; a planifica; plan recommend a recomanda serve a fi de ajutor/folos; a servi spend a cheltui; a consuma boring foraj; plicticos; sfredelire busy aglomerat; ocupat entertraning entertainment reprezentatie; distractie frequently des; frecvent frightening funny caraghios; hazliu impolite mojic; nepoliticos impolitely prompt prompt promptly loud puternica; tare(cu voce) loudly reasonable rezonanta; vibratie reasonably rude rudimentar; grosolan rudely sharp ascutit; fan; ager since de atunci; de la; de; din interrible teribil; grozav terribly wonderful channel albie; matca; canal commercial comercial

program program variety diversitate; varietate; soi as a matter of fact if you ask me in fact dish farfurie; fel de mancare; a infunda; vas cards carte(de joc); a daraci; fisa; invitatie great mare; maret; mult; important; enorm; minunat; priceput; bun cunoscator dull a se prosti; searbad; a toci; tocit(cutit); prostanac love iubire; dragoste; amor; iubit(a); comoara; zero (sport); a iubi; a adora could trec. si cond. prez. de la can (a putea) A.Do you go to a lot of movies? Z.Yes, I go to the movies frequently. As a matter of fact, I spend two or three nights a week at the movies. A. You do? That's almost half of the evenings in a week. I coula do that when I was younger, but I can't anymore. I'm too busy with other things now. Z.I don't intend to get that busy! What kind of entertainment do you have time for? A.Well, I like to watch TV on the weekend. I like Channel 343. It has some really interesting programs. Could as apast ability Could = was able to could + not = couldnt Can you run a mile in five minutes? I could when I was younger, but I can't now. Could Hery repair the motor? No, he couldn't. He didn't have the right tools. How well could you hear the instructor? I could hear her very well when she spoke loudly. What could Shara eat while she was sick? She could eat only soup. Could your wife cook when you married her? Yes, she could. She was a good cook when we got married. How did you like movie? It was very dull. In fact, I almost went to sleep. Did you enjoy the movie? No, it was terribily frightening. Did you see the movie at the Star? Yes, and my opinion, it,s great. Did you see any good movie last week? Yes, I saw a very funny movie last Saturday. How was the movie? The music was good, but the story was boring. Can you recommend a goog movie? I thought the one at the star was entretaining. Have you been to the Crossing? Yes, many times. They serve delicious soup. Can you recommend a good restaurant? Yes, I had a wondreful dinner at Jay's. How was your dinner ai Aldo's? It was terrible. As a matter of fact, I got sick. Do you like to est at Harry's? Yes, the food's good, and the prices are reasonable. Where do you plan to eat tonight? Mike's. I'm opinion, his fish is the best in town. Do you like to watch football on TV? Yes, but if you ask me, there's too many commercials. What do yo thinc of the Saturday children's show? I feel some of them are too frightening.

Indirect speech Told Indirect object (that) past tense noun clause Jan told jim that she was out of money. Jim told her that she had some cash. I told Jan that I had some cash. Prepositions of time The following prepositions indicate time: at, on, in, before, after, from, until, till to, for, and since. At is used with the time of day, with an age, and with the words night, first, last, beginning, and end. at noon, at night, at midnight, at 7:30 a.m. at the age of twelve at first, at last at the beginning, at the end On is used with days and dates. It can also be used with parts of a certain day and the words time and schedule. on Monday, on your birthday on October 18 on the evening of June 8 on time, on schedule In is used with quantities of the time and with the words beginning and end. in ten minutes, in an hour in a week, in two years in the beginning, in the end Before and after are used with time of day, with dates, and with nouns that name events or occurrences. before noon, after 5:00 p.m. before December 31, after April 15 before the game, after dinner After can also be used with a quantity of time. after six months, after thirty zears From is used with to and till/until to indicate periods of time. from 1985 to 1993 from May 1 until June 15 from 10:00 a.m. till 5:30 p.m. Until/till can also be used alone with days, dates, and times. until next Friday, till next week until 1997, till August 2 until 10:00 p.m., till midnight For is used with periods of time. for half an hour, for three weeks, for one year Since is used with definite times. since Sunday, since 6:00 this morning, since 1988

What do you plan to do after dinner? Col Henderson will be here till Thursday. Jim was in the Air Force for twenty years. Meet me at 6:08 in front of Larry'soffice. Lt Cooper will be the money before 5:00 p.m. Dr. Blake has been at the hospital since midnight. Where does Sgt. Jackson go on Tuesdays and Thursdays. Mr.Adam's English class doesn't start until 8:40 a.m. Maj.Brooks works out from 4:00 to 5:00 three days a week. BOOk 12 LESSON 1 Summary F. G. The weather's awful. If you're leaving, you should leave soon. Well, I expect to leave at noon if it clears up. If we go to the beach, we'll have we'll have a good time. Tom might come with us if he doesn't have to study. How long has your car's engine soundes this way? I've heard that noise for a week or two, I guees. be left a fi lasat; a fi parasit a apartine clear up a pune in ordine; a clarifica a se astepta la; a presupune last cel din urma; trecut(timp); ultim(ul) a ramane; a sta; a continua stay ramane; a domicilia; a sta clar; a clarifica; a evacua; limpede dangerous periculos adancime; adancuri; intunecat(culori) during in decursul; in timpul intotdeauna; oricand; vreodata except a excepta; a omite degerare; congelare frighten a speria; a ingrozi nu mai none nici unul; nimen uneori quiet tacut lunecos; nestabil; siret unpleasant dezagreabil; neplacut litoral; plaja breeze zvon; adiere climat; clima humidity umezeala; umiditate mare thought cugetare; gand arsita; caldura; a infierbanta; a inflama locomotiva; motor

V. be over belong expect remain clear deep ever freezing no longer occasionally slippery beach climate sea heat engine

wind a suna din corn; a se rasuci; vant; a coti; curent; suflu slip a glisa; a scapa; a se strecura; a aluneca if daca; in cazul cand; conditie; prevedere like a-i fi drag; a-i placea; asemanator; preferinte; gusturi(pl); similar; a dori calm a se calma; calm; liniste; a se linisti; linistit blow\blew\blown a sufla; nenorocire; a bate; lovitura guees a banui; a ghici; ghicire; ipoteza; presupunere; a-si imagina

1.climate The wather of a place is its climate. Puerto Rico has a very nice climate. 2.heat We recive heat from the sun. The heat from the fire will near the ocean. 3.humidity Water in the air is called humidity.It,s often very humid in Hoston. 4.sea A sea is full of salty water.The Mediterranean Sea is between Europe and Africa. 5. beach A beach is the land next to a sea or an ocean.Children esjoy playng at the beach. 6. humid When there's a lot of water in air , we say it's humid.It's often very humid in Hoston. 7.blow\blew\blown Usually a breeze blows softly in the evening.The wind blew very hard yesterday.Oh no ! The wind has blown my papers off my desk. 8.expect My sister said would call me today.I'm expecting her call.It's 11:o'clock.I expect the bus to come soon. 9.during. It was still freezing during April.We use to go swimming every day during the summer. Conditional sentence. If Clause If the weathers good Main Clause to the beach.

we drive were driving well drive were going to drive come

Main Clause can\could may\might should must\has to is able to Main Clause Can \could you Will\would you Are you going to If Clause If you finish early Tom

If Clause if he doesnt have to study.

read my paper

If Clause if you have time?

Main clause how will you tell me? what will you do ? where are you going? Conditional sentences have two parts: the if cause and the main clause .One type of conditional sentence is used to show what may\will happen in the present\future if a certain condition happens. When the if claue has the present tense, the main clause uses the present or future tense. Note that the if clause may come before or after the main clause.

A.Let's go to thre batch Saturday if the wather's good. Z.If it's raining Saturday, we can go Sunday. A.I waon't be able to go if have to work Sunday. Z.If we don't go this weekendwe can alwais go later. A.If we wait, we may not have good weather.

Z.You're right. We should go Saturday if we can. If you speed, you will get a ticket Mike must go if he has a reservation. If thre telephone rings, can you answer it? Tom doesn't want to go. Let's ask Mark. If Tom doesn'r want to go, let's ask Mark. We can go in one car. Ann's car has enough seats. We can go in one car if Ann's car has enough seats. Can they buy the fruit if they buy meat? If they buy fruit, can they buy meat, too. A.The wather is awful.If you're leavind, you should leave soon. Z.Well, I expect to leave at noon if it cleans up. A.If it starts freezing, it'll be dangerous. Z.Right, but the police will close the roads if it gets too bad. A.What's you do if thst happens? Z. Well, if they to that, I'll stop until it clears up. A.If you go on vacantion this year, where do you think you'll go? Z.If go in the summer, I'll go in the beach. A.Where will you go if you go in the winter? Z.Well, if that happens, then I'll go to montains. A.If you that, I'd like to go with you. Z.It'll be great of we can go together. 1.If my friend doesn't like it, can bring it back? Can I bringit back if my friend doesn'tlike i? If you keep your sales slip, you can bring this back? You can bring this back if you keepyour sales slip. There's a hundert dollar deposit if you have a dog. If you have a dog, there's a 100 $ deposit. What will happen if I don't do well on tis test? If I dont do well on this test, what will happen? What might happen if? Whatwill happen if? What can happen if? What might happen if you lose your airplane ticket for home? If I lose airplane ticket for home, I might call my government to send another one. Present perfect I (We; You;They) have studied all afternoon. Havent Have I (We;You;They) studied all afternoon ? He (She) has studied all afternoon. hasnt Has he (she) studied all afternoon?

The present perfect tense is formated with have + the past participe of the verb. With regular verb, the past participe is formed by adding _ed to verb. With irregular verbs, the past participe changes its form. For example of the past participes of irregular verbs, look at Appendix C in the back of your book. A.How long has your car's engine sounded thie way year? Z.I've heard that noise for a week or two, I guees. A.How long has it been since semeone put oil in it? Z.I don't think anyone has done it for several months. A. This skirt has gotten tighter evey week! Z.Have you've washed it often since you bought it? A.No, I haven't. I've dry-cleaned it since it was new. Z.Well, maybe you've eaten too uch since then. Comparision of past tense and present perfect tense We use past tense to describe situations that happened at a definite time in the past. We use present perfect tense to describe situations that have happened at an indefinite time (or times) in the past and have continued to the persent. Phil lived in Chicago for two years. He does't leve there now. Phil has lived in Huoston for two years. He still lives there. Phil has lived in Huoston since 1994. He still lives there. A.Have you been here l for a long time? No, he hasn't. He's only lived there for a year. BOOK 12 LESSON 2 Summary F. G. Are you going to college? Yes, I want a degree in business. Have you decided to take that job in New York? No, I've dicided to stay here and go to the university. Mr.Flowers no longer works here. He retired two weeks ago. Pam doesn't live here anymore. She moved to Arizona.Grandma still bakes in apple pie every Saturday morning. Jeff already took the job. Has Jim's plane arrived yet? Have you seen the new teacher? No, I haven't seen her yet. a accepta; a primi a oferi; a acorda; a da a pleca; a se retrage a gandi; a medita deja; si confuzie; incurcatura in loc de asta; in schimb medical discuss refuse talk over turn down confused instead just professional a dezbate; a discuta a refuza a discuta in amanunt a intoarce; a refuza confuz in schimb; (of) in loc de just; corect profesionist; profesional

V. accept offer retire think\toought already confusion instead of it medical

technical detaliu tehnic; tehnic yet in afara de aceasta; inca associate degree bachelor's degree grad; rang; treapta career cariera; dezvoltare; choice alegere; ales; select; alter college colegiu; liceu; universitate course curs al evenimentelor; decision fermitate; hotarare diploma diploma discusion examinare; dezbatere; education invatamant; educatie educator educator; invatator elementary elementar school scoala; instructie field teren; camp; lan future viitor; urmator high school scoala secundara; liceu master's degree master maestru; stapan middle school profession professional refusal refuz universitary take\took\taken a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca grade grad; rang; rampa; clasa; calificativ; panta; a grada so asa de; atat; atat de mult; in felul acesta thought cugetare; gand thought over change one's mind make\made\made\up one's mind tour of duty\tour Alredy\still\yet\anymore\any longer\no longer We use alredy to say something happened before now or before this time. It used in questions and afirmative statements. Ed already has sa high school diploma.Mr.Smith is alredy here. Are they alredy in elementary schoo? We use still doesnt tosay that a situation is continuing. It usually goes in the middle of the sentence with the verb.It is used in questions and in affirmative and negative. Ed still doesnt have a college degree. It was warm yesterday, and its still warm today. Are you still waiting? We use yet to ask or talk about something that did not happen before now, but might in the future. It goes at the end of the sentence. It is used in questions and negative statements. Im very hungry. Is dinner really yet? Can you wait ten minutes? John isnt here yet. We use anymore, any longer, and no longer to say thatn a past situation does not exist. Any more and any longer are used in question and negative statements. They go at the end of the sentence. Is she in high school anymore\any longer? Sheisent in the army anymore\any longer. No longer is used in affirmative statements. It goes in the middle of the sentence with thwe verb. He is no longer a student. She no longer works at night. Ed graduated from high scool in May. He isn't a student any longer. He doesn't study anymore.He no longer has to do bhomework or take tests. Ed doesn't have a job yet. He began looking for a job in June, but she still hasn't one that he wants.He's worried, because some of hus friends already have jobs. Present perfect. Indefinite past

A.Have you ever been to France? Z.No, I never have. Have you? A.Don't hang up! I haven't talked to tom yet. Z.Toolate. He's already hung up. A.Has Tony choosen a universitu yet? Z. No, she hasn't decided anything about his futuere. A.How muchmoney have you spent today? Z.Not much. I've only bought a magazine. A.Have you lent Aldo any money today? Z.Yes, I have. He's already borrowed $5.00 from me. A.How many letters have you gotten this week? Z.I've gotten only one letter this week. A.How many letters have you written today? Z. I havent written any letters today. SO We use the conjunction so to express the result of a situation. Situation Result Because I dont have any cash so Ill write a check.

Can you wait until Monday, or do you need an appointment today? I really feel awful, so I need an appoitment right away. I donn't have any cash, so I'll have to write a check. You can write a check, or you can change your meal if you want to. Does Rex have to stay outside or can ha come in the house. He's wet and dirty, so please keep him outside. Weuse the conjunction or to express a choice. OR We use the conjunction or to express a choice. We can chage the gas. We can charge the gas or We can pay cash for it. we can pay cash for it.

We can go now, or we can leave later. What did you decide? What have you decided to do? Have you made a decision? Where have you decided to go? Did you decide to do it? Why did you make that choice? I've decided to take the job. I'm going to refuse the offer. I'm not going to the buy car. I'm going to finish my education. I'm going to go to the university. I'm going to take German instead of French. I'm not going to take German. I've made a decision.

Whar are you going to do? Have you made up your mind? Have you changed your mind? Which offer are you goindg to accept? When are you going to doit? I finally made up my mind. I've cganged my mind. I've made a deision. I've made up my mind. I've made a choice between courses. I've tought it over carefully. I'm going to take French instead. I'm going to turn down the offer.

A.Have you made a decision about a vacantion.Z.Yes, I've decided to take two weeks. A.Where did you decide to go? Z.We're thinking of going to Florida.go to

BOOK 12 LESSON 3 Summary

F. G.

It could be the mailman. His truk is accros the street. Someone's at the door. The questions coula be too difficult for Simon.Was Tim's soccer game exciting? Sgt Jones is excited about his leave. Carlo said that the plane left New Orleans at 0600. a fierbe; fierbere a extinde; a mari a se juca; piesa de teatru; joc a avea loc aproape atunci(pe); apoi; pe urma adaos; adunare sufragerie gand; idee; notiune cuptor cu microunde a elabora; a planifica; plan sopron; sura aparat stereofonic; stereofonic tinut marginas; suburbie; periferic padure; codru burn a arde; arsura; a cauteriza leave a lasa; a parasi slove interesed foloase; interese(pl); profit perhaps poate; probabil tiring montarea pneurilor builder constructor den barlog; vizuina fireplace meeting intalnire; adunare patio record a inregistra; record; disc solution rezolvare; solutie; dizolvare story naratiune; povestire trouble a se ingrijora; neplacere; necaz build\built\built a cladi; a construi

V. add on boil enlarge play take place near then addition cassette dining room idea microwave plan shed stereo suburb wood

get-together a ajunge la o intelegere; a se aduna fire a da foc; a descarca(o arma); a aprinde; foc take\took\taken a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca get\got\gotten together a dobandi; a primi; a castiga; a obtine could trec. si cond. prez. de la can (a putea) heat arsita; caldura; a infierbanta; a inflama 1. tiring It was a long and tiring day. 2.trouble Yesterday, your car diden't start. What's the trouble with it today? 3.take Where did the accident take place? I took place on the highway. Many accidents have take place this week 4.solve\solution He solved the problem. He found the solution. 5.get toghetre Let's get togheter for lunch tomorrow. We had get-togheter to meet the new people.

6.meeting the new workers had a meeting todiscuss the rules. 7.build\built\built It's easy to build awall. They a room in one week. They have built many houses. Could is used to express posibility. The keys could \might\may be in the kitchen. 1.James could be in the backyard.I'm not sure. 2.Where could Sam be? He's 30 minutes late. 3.He could be at the gim. He likes to exercise in the afternoon. 4. Could this be Mike's sweater? He has a red one. 5.It could be Tom's sweater. It's got the letter T on it. 6.It's very cloudy this morning. It could rain today. 7.My father said we could win a lot of money if they pick our number. The _ing and _ed adjectives. The _ing adjectives the person\thing causing the feeling. The _ed adjective describes the person experiencing\having the feeling. Kevin isn't interested in playing tennis. He likes to play soccer. My math class is very interesting.I like to study numbers. This book I brrowed from Jack is very boring. I can't keep my esey open when I read it.Tom said that he was bored during the afternoon meeting. It lasted two hours. Work today was very tiring. I diden't have time for lunch. Col Henderson went home early because he was very tired. The strong winds werw fringhtening to everyone. Were the children frightened by the strom? I'm not sure. It could be. A.Where did Al leave the newspaper? Z.I'm not sure. It may b on the patio. A.Where's Mary? I haven't seen her since linch.Z.It could be Jean's. She likes loud music. A.Could Dave be at the movie? Z.No, but he could be at the game. He was planing to go. Z.What's the matter with your car? There's grease under it .Z.I don't know. It might be the engine. Indirect speech Indirect speech (past tense) What did Tom say ? Tom said (that) he know the answer. A noun clause is used to report what someone has said. This is called indirect speech or reported speech.The following changes are made: 1.The present tense verb in dirtect speech change to the pest tense in direct speech. 2.The pronouns are changed in direct speech. 3.The conjunction that is used to introduce the clause. It is somethime omitted. A. Hey, Donld, do you want to come to the mall with Mihael and me ? Z. I sure do. C.Hugh, did Donald say that he wanted to come with us? Direct speech (present tense) Tom: I know the answer.

A.Yes, he did. A.Sgt Owens, you sem very excited today. Why? Z.I start my vacantion today at 1200 hourI have two weeks to relax. C.Lt Adam, why is Sgt Owens so happy today? A.Oh, he said that he started his vacantion today and that he had to weeks to relax. BOOK 12 LESSON 4 Summary

F. What did you use to do for fun? I used to go finishing every Saturday.I'd go to the movie every weekend. G. My dad and I used to hunt here. Now I work here. What would Ken do for his teacher's class? He would study very hard for her class. My friends arrived sooner than I expected. Al left the ball farther than his sister does.Harry has told us that story before. V. fish carne de peste; a pescui; peste kill a asasina; a omora; a ucide practice practica; profesare; obicei prepare a se pregati; a prepara shoot\shot\shot a face un film; a impusca used to a obisnui sa; deprins sa all over bang a izbi; lovitura; pocnitura; hard teapan; tare; solid further mai departe; in plus high inalt; ridicat; superior indoors de camera; de interior low scund; muget; a mugi; jos; josnic more mai mult once o data(singura) outdoors afara din casa own a poseda; propriu several cativa; diferiti; mai multi/multe slow agale; mocait; incet whole tot; intreg; total; complet country regiune; tara deer\deer caprioara; cerb outdoors afara din casa pistol a trage cu pistolul; pistol plenty abundenta; belsug rifle pusca shot vargat; distrus walk a umbla; a hoinari weapon arma in the open out-of-doors ferther mai departat(in)(spatial); mai departe(spatial) duck rata; cufundare; porumbita; puisor; plonjon instructions indicatii; instructie; dispozitii; invatamant line a captusi; a insirui; a linia; linie; sir; undita catch\caught\caught capcana; a se molipsi; a prinde; prada; captura go a merge; a se duce; a deveni; energie; entuziasm; miscare; incercare; moda hunt ceata de vanatori; a cutreiera; haitui; teren de vanatoare; a vana; vanatoare gun a accelera(argou); a impusca; pistol; pusca; zgomot de motor arma de foc; salva; tun; a vana would ai; ati; ar; as; voi; vei; va; vom; veti; (exprima dorinta)

Pistols and rifles are guns. Guns and knives are weapons. Some people like to go hunting. They use gons to hunt. Dan likes to hunt ducks. He's just shot duck and killed it. 1.Indoors\outdoors The party was outdoors, but we went indoors when the rain started. 2.farther\further My house is far; I live 20 miles from hetre. His house is farther; he lives 35 miles from here. I've gone further in my education than my brother has. I'm in college while he's only in high school. 3.whole Do you want a whole box of pencils or just a few? 4 plenty Mr.Rockfeller has plenty of money. 5 catch\caught I want to go to the lake to catchsome fish. I caught some fish there last week. My friends have caught many fish there, too. Used to We used to to say something happened regularlyor existed in the past but no longer happens or exists now. I used to be a student at that college. Now Im an instructor there. 1. My father used to smoke, but he stopped last year. 2.Did Lt Evans use to play football for the Air Force? No, he used to play for the Army. 3.Where did Oscar use to live? Oscar used to live in Mexico City; now he lives in Miami, Florida. 4.Captain Simms used to be late for class every day. His instructor used to get angry with him. Would We use would when we talk about things that often happened in the past. When my sister and I were young, my family would go to the post the mountains. If the weather was good, we would get up early and go swimming in the cold river. When I was a child, and I was sick, I would ask my mother to let me stay in her bed.I would eat a lot of soup. Some times, I would go to the doctor.I would watch TV. 1 .I would\ I'd\ I used to go hunting every fall go to the muvie every weekend hppend my vacantion in the montains. play soccer every evening. go fishing every Saturday. go fishing at the lake near my home. used to is also possible in these sentences. Comparative of adverbs Use _er for the comparative from of early and adverbs that dont end in _ly. John can run faster than his brother. 1.early earlier than BOOk 13 LESSON 1 Summary

F. G. class. V. believe join math score

Did you do well on the test? No, I didn'tunderstandn the questions. Are you going to the beach tomorro? I suppose so, butI'm not really sure yet. Do you think it's going to rain today? I think so. It very cloudy outside. Chrissy is sure (that) she'll win the tennis match. Roger ran the fastest of all the boys in the

a crede imagine a concepe; a deduce; a presupune alatura; a se uni lose\lost\lost a pierde; a rataci matematic race alergari; cursa douazeci; raboj; crestatura suppose a banui; a-si inchipui; a presupune tie up a restrange win\won\won a izbandi; succes; victorie; a castiga certain anumit; oarecare; sigur certainly anumit; oarecare; sigur furthest cel mai tarziu positive sigur; categoric quite cu desavarsire; total so asa de; atat; atat de mult; in felul acesta surely cu precizie; negresit; sigur uncertain incert; nehotarat; nesigur for sure for spre; pentru; in favoarea field teren; camp; lan goal gol; scop knot a innoda; a lega; bucla; nod player jucator; actor practice practica; profesare; obicei shoelaces shoe pantof; potcoava stadium stadie; stadion string sfoara; coarda; snur tie cravata; a lega kick a da din picioare; a fi naravas; a protesta doubt a avea indoieli; nesiguranta; a se indoi; indoiala coach antrenor; a indruma; a medita(pe); vagon de persoane; diligenta towar ascultator; supus; docil; apt; capabil; catre farthest cel mai departe(spatial); cel mai indepartat(spatial) team brigada; echipa; a injuga; a inhama; stol de rate salbatice beat\beat\beaten bataie; a infrange; a bate; lovitura 1.We can use a match to start a fire. 2.This is a tennis match. Tennis matches are interesing to watch. 3.The shirt and tie od the left match; they go together. The shirt and tie on the right don't. 4.Help me tie this string around the package.I went to make a tight knot. 5.They tied the score 14 to 14.When there's a tie no one wuns or loses. 6.The rain beats hard on the young flowers in the fields. 7. The Suns the Kings 10 to 2.They have beaten the Kings every years. SO WE use So after some verbs as s substitute for a that-noun clause. The most common verbs followed by so are think, believe, guess, hope, imagine, and suppose. Will Jack come to the party? I think so. (I think that Jack will come.) Has Bill finished his work? I hope so. (I think that Bill finished his work.) The negative depends on the verb:

I think so.. I dont think so. I believe so.. I dontbelieve so. I imagine so. I dont imagine so. I suppose so.I dont suppose so. I guess so I guess not. I hope so.. I hope not. A.Will Chris that will win the tennis match. Z.I think that Cris will win the tennis match. I think so. A.Do you think that Doris will lose the next match? Z.I hope Doris won't lose the next match. I hope not. A.Do you have baseball practice this weekend? Z.I guess so. A.Do you think that it will last long? Z.O hpoe npt.I have a lot of homework. A.Mee too. Maybe I won't go. Are you going? Z.I suppose so.I missed the last practice. A.Can he take me off the team if I miss a practice ? Z.I imagine so. He's the coach and we're only a plaiers. Certain, sure, positive. We use a that-clause sfter the adjectives certain, sure, positive to express an opinion about someone or something. Im certain that I can go this weekend. Hes sure that hell pass the test. Were positive that wellhave enough mony for the car. The conjunction That is many times omitted in conversation. 1.I'm sure that the Yankees will win the game. 2.I know it's going to be a good match. 3.Do you think that the Giants will beat the Yankees 4. Who you believe won the race? 5.Are you certain it was a time tie game? 6.I'm noy quite sure, but I think thr Giants beat them. 7.I'm almost positive that the Yankees lost. _er and _est forms of adverbs. The_er and _est formsare used with one-syllabe adverbs. early earlyre (than) the earliest far farther(than) the farthest further (than) the furthest fast fasther (than) the fastest hard harder (than) the hardest hig higher (than) the highest late later (than) the latest low lower (than) the lowest near nearer (than) the nearest slow slower (than) the slowest soon sooner (than) the soonest straight straighter(than) the straightest 1.Tomswam the fastest. 4.Jim tried the hardest. 2.Sam swam the farthest. 3.Jim swam the slowest. 5.Sam go to other side of the lake the soonest. BOOk 13 LESSON 2 Summary F. G. Could I leave eaely today? Yes, I can. Can I borrow your car Friday night? No, you can't .I need it. Could I take some leave next wek? Yes, I can.

Can you go to Sara's house after school? Yes, you can. May I leave a little early today? No, you can't. Your shoes might be under the bed. I could be real gold. Jane may go to college next year. Jimmy can run ten miles. He isn't able to move that heavy table. Nancy couldn't read all of that book in one night. a gold watch a coffee cup the car keys V. allowa be made of tine seama de; a admite; a permite appreciate a aprecia; a multumi; a pretui could trec. si cond. prez. de la can (a putea) done over do over a zugravi din nou \\paid\paid back away departe find a gasi; a descoperi; descoperire man-made past scurs; dus; trecut chain catuse; a incatusa; lant cotton bumbac earring cercel de pus in ureche jewelry leave a lasa; a parasi matal metal nylon nailon polyester rock roca; stanca silk matase; matasuri wool lana

do\did\

a face; a infaptui; a savarsi ower peste pay salariu; plata wake\woke\woken up found of into in; inspre; spre natural natural ashtray scrumiera copper cupru; moneda de arama; politist diamond diamant iron fier; fier de calcat; obiect de fier jewel bijuterie; nestemata material material necklace colan; colier plastic plastic ring arena; inel; a suna rubber guma de sters; cauciuc silver argint

stone piatra; prundis; nestemata; lespede leather a face sa spumege; clabuc; a sapuni; spuma glass pahar; vase de sticla; sticlarie(fam); sticla man about town baiat de bani gata; om-de-lume put\put\put on a pune in scena; a imbraca; a pune throw\threw\thrown away azvarli; a arunca throw\threw\thrown out a scoate afara; a arunca Could as permission. Could is a frequently used to request permission. Could I borrow your book, please? May I ask you a question? Can I leave early today? Can or cant are usually used as responses to a request for permission with could. Could I borrow your book., please ? Yes, of course you can. Could I leave early today? Im sorry. You cant. We are a meeting ai 15 00. A.Excuse me, sir. Could I talk to you about my job? Z.Yes, you can, but not right now. Come back about 1500 hours.

A.Grandfhather, could I borrow thre car next Friday night? Z.Sure youcan, as long as you're home by 10:00. A. Mr.Jackson, could I borrow your musik book tonight? Z.You can't borrow it tonight. I need it. You can borrow it tomoerrow night. A.Sir, could I leave class early today? I have a doctor's appointment. Z.Yes, you can. Review of modals May, might, and could are used to express possibility. Wheres John? He may be in his office. He might eating lunch. He could be at home. Can and is\am\are able to are used to express ability in the present or future. Could and was\were able to are used for the past. Sehe can speak three languages. They are able to speak French and Spanish. I couldnt swim when I was young. My grandfather was able to speak Russian. May, can and could are used to request permission. May I come in? Can I swim here? Could I use your phone? Could and May A.Mom, may I go mto the mall with Janie this afternoon? Z.you've been very good thios week, so yes, you can go. A.Dad, can you barrow car next Friday night? Z.No, you can't. I need it next Friday night. A.Sir, could I have leave one day next week? Z.You can jhave any day except Monday. A.Mr.White, could I call you at home if I have any problems with lesson? Z. Sure, you can, but don't call after 10:00 1. 2. A. Could I drink my coffee in the classroom? Z.I'm sorry. I don't allow eating or drinking in the classroom. A.Can I borrow your leather jacket tonight? Z.Of course.I'll get it for you. A.Thanks.I'll return it tomorroow. A.May I leave early? Z.All right, just be sure to tell your instructor. A.Thanh, you sir. A.May I have a few more minutes on the test? Z.No, I'm afraid not. The time's up. A Okay. A. Do you mind if I smoke a cigarette? Z.No, it's okay.

3.

4.

5.

A.Thank you. 6. A.Would it be okay ti leave my books here? Z. Certainly, no problem. Athanks, I apereciate it. A. Could I use your pen for a minute? Z.Sure, I'm not using it right nou. A. Thanks. May I take leave next week? I'm afraid Sgt.Billings has leaves them. How about the week after. A.Okay.That sounds good. A.Is it okay if we take pictures during the program? Z.I wish we could, but they don't allow it during the show. A. Oh, that,s too bad. I'd really like to take some.

7.

8. Z. 9.

Noun adjuncts

Adjectives usually modify or describlenous. a nice day a cold winter Nouns can also modify nouns. They are called noun adjects. A store that sells shoes is a shoe store. When a noun modifies another noun, the first noun is stressed: a can opener, a wedding ring, some paint brushes 1.I payd my telephoe bill. 3.Which radio station do you listen to? 5.Ralph can't find his math book. 7.Have you been to the new shoe store? 2.Is this desk lamp broken? 4.Don't forget to fasten your seat belt? 6.Does that vending machine have potato chips? BOOk 13 LESSON 3 Summary F. G. A.May help you, sir? Z.Yes, I need some pants, but I don't know my size. A.Let's meassure your waist, and check the length then we'll know your size. Jim is goiung to hang up his clothes. Jim is going to hang his clothes up. Jim is going to hang them up. What did Captain Rogers tell you? He told me that he could see me at 14:40. Jack Smith drives a bus. He's a bus driver. masura a coase; a drena a verifica; a incerca in dezordine; neregulat reduce try on for sale free medium a reduce a incerca; a proba independent; neconstrans; liber mediu

V. measure sew try out on sale irregular

much percent amount dressing room hip item length pair receipt tax amount to deal lees bargain deacrease dicount fit\fit\fit increase foot\feet

mult off incolo; liber(timp); departe procent sales vanzare cantitate; a insemna; suma; a se ridica cloth fata de masa; material; stofa cabina(pentru actori) fabric tesatura; stofa; material inclinare a acoperisului; sold inch\inches distanta mica; inci; tol; paragraf; articol; punct jeans blugi; ginsi lungime; durata measurement masurare; masura pereche percentage procentaj recipient size marime; masura a impozita; taxa; impozit waist corsaj; talie cantitate; a insemna; suma; a se ridica impartitul cartilor(de joc); afacere; a distribui comparativ de la little; mai mic; mai putin important; inferior; minor a negocia; targ; a se tocmi; afacere a descreste; descrestere; diminuare; a diminua; micsorare scont; rabat; reducere; a diminua; a reduce a se potrivi(la ceva); atac; acces; corespunzator mri; spor; adugire; sporire; cretere; a spori; a crete unitate de masura(picior); picior; laba piciorului

Phrasal verbs The term phrasalverb refers to a verb and a adverb that are together. This verb and adverb a special meaning. He put on his hat. She wrote down the telephone number. They threw away the old newspapers. Many times a phrasal verb will have an object. There are two possibilite positions for the object. If the object is a noun, it can come before the adverb or after it. He turned on the radio. He turned the radio on. Shell look up the word in the dictionary. Shell look the word up in the dictionary. If the object of a phrasal verb is a pronoun (me, you, him, her,etc.) the pronoun must be beetween the verb and the adverb. I like the hat. Try it on. Ill give you the mony, but you must pay it bak. Shes sleeping. Dont wake her up. Phrasal verbs are very common in conversation. 1.She went the office to fill out thre form. She went to fill the form out. She went to fill it out. 2. Jim's going to fill up the car with gasoline. Jim's going to fill the car up with gasoline. Jim's going to fill up. 3.I'm not going to get back my money. I'm not going to get my money back. I'm not going to get it back 4. Fred's going to turn down the job. Fred's going to turn the job down. Fred's going to turn it down . 5.Did you look up the wordsDid you look the words up. Did you look it up. A. May I help you? Z.Yes, thank you. I'm looking for a pair of jeans. A.What size do you need, sir? Z.I'm not sure, but I think I need a 27-33.

A.Can I help you, sir. Z.Yes, I'd like to buy a long-sleeved cotton shirt. A.Would you help me, please? Z.Yes, sir. What can I do for you? A.Excuse me.how much does this blouse cost? Z.It's a grat bargain. It's on sale for $5.00.

Modals in reported speech. When a modal is used in direct sprech, it is frequently changed in reported spreech. DIRECT SPREECH REPORTED SPREECH (present tense) (past tense) may might might might can could could could am\is\are able to was\were able to A..Mom, are you going to Aunt Julie's house for dinner? Z.Well, we might. A.Hey, Sandy, what did Mom say ? Z.Mom said that we might go to Aunt Julie's for dinner. A.Sir, are we going to fly today? Z.It's couldy, but we may still fly. A.What did the Captain tell you? Z.He told me that we might still fly. A.Grandma, can you have some cookies? Z.Of course, you can have some. A.What did the Major tellyou? Z.He told me I could speak to him ai 12:57 today. A. Are all the men able toswim? Z.Yes, they are able to swim well. A.What did Lt. Rossi say to you? Z.She said that all the men were able to swim well. A.Dad, can you go to John's house? Z.No, not now. A.Sir, could you I speak to you for a moment? Z.Yes, can I talk to you about an hour. A.That table is very heavy. Are you sure you can move it? Z.Yes, I can move it easily. A.Are you able to work out every day?

Z.No, I'm not. A.May I use your phone to make a long distance call? Z.Sure you can if you can pay forit. A.Airman Winters , why do you have your raicoat? Z.It's really cloudy, sir.It may rain. Suffix er and or. The suffix _er and _or can be added tosome verbs to make nouns to express the meaning of one who. The teachers students to red. Hes a teacher.She collects stamps. Shes a stsmps collector. Collector, visitor, educator, and instructor are spelled with _or. Mr.Steinbeck writes short stories. He's a writer. The people who work for that company build houses. They're builders. Capt Sims instruct pilots at the base. He's an instructor. Ms.Kim works in a factory. She's a factory worker. Fernando plays baseball. He's a baseball player. BOOk 13 LESSON 4 Summary F. A.What's the deepest ocean in the world? Z. The PacificOcean. A.Do you know deep is it? Z.The average deep is about 13,200 feet.

G.

How cold is it here? How heavy is that chair? If you eat a lot of candy, you again weight. If I drive the children to school, my neighbor picks them up. If you don'twant to again weight, exercise more. Don't drive fast if youn don't want a ticket. Sara needs some paper. Do you need any? Yes, I need some.No, I don.t need any. How many pencils do you have? I have a few. V. bdet a tine regim; dieta; regim gain castig; a castiga; a obtine jump saritura; salt measure masura weight pondere; povara; greutate a few putine; putini a little mic/ marunt(diminutiv); mic; infim a lot lot soarta; a sorti; tragere la sorti; destin; noroc by alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa fat rotofei; unsuros; gras; lubrifiant many multe; multi much mult think a gandi; a medita thin uscativ; slab age varsta centimeter depth profunzime; adancime height inaltime; statura kilometer length lungime; durata meter mile mila

millimeter strength width distance foot\feet

rezistenta; tarie; putere latime; largime departare; distanta; a se indeparta unitate de masura(picior); picior; laba piciorulu

scale weight yard

balanta; scala; scara; dimensiune stavilar; zagaz curte; iard( cm)

How + adjective The question word How has many uses.It is often used with adjectives to ask questions. How long asks about length. How high asks about height. How tall asks about length. How far asks about distance. How wide asks about width. How deep asks about depth. How old asks about age. How heavy asks about weight. How hot\cold asks about temperature. 1.A book with one thousand page is very think. 2.Thick oil pours very slowly. 3.This is a thin book; it only has 50 pages. 4.That lady is thin. She's not fat. A question with what can be used for a question with how. How long is it? Whats its length? Tall is used to refer to someone or something from the ground up; high is used when talking about something at a point above the ground. To change inches to centimeters To change feet to metres To change Yards to metres To change miles to kilometers multiply by multiply by multiply by multiply by 2.5400 3048 9144 1.6093

If clausses Certain If-conditional sentences express something that is true. The simple present tense can be used in the If-clause and the imperative or present tense in the main clause. If_clause Main clause (condition) (result) If the TV doesnt work, phus this button. If I get up at 0600, I get to work on time. If I dont eat lunch, I become hungry be 2:oop.m. 1.If you put ice in water, it melts. 2.You gain weight if you eat a lot of candy. 3.Where do you play tennis if it rains? 4.If they don't watchTV, they go to the movies. 5.If I dive the children to school, Joan picks them up. 6.The children get quiet if they see Mom's angry. 7.If the temperature drops a lot,it gets cold. 8.What do you do if you get home early? 9.Dors it get hot if the windows are closed? 10.I don't understand the lesson if I don't study.

Indefinite pronouns Large quantities. Many is used to refer to count nouns. Much is used to refer to noncount nouns. Its usually used in negative sentences. A lot is used to refer to both count and noncount nouns. Small quantities A few is used to refer to count nouns. A little is used to refer to noncount nouns. General quantities Some, any, and none are used to refer to both count and noncount nouns. Use some in an affirmative statement and question. Use any in an negative statement and question. Use none in an affirmative statement and question. Conditional sentences There are three basic types of conditional sentences discussed in this appendix. Each type has two parts: the if_clause and main clause Real present\future condition This type of conditional sentence is used to show what may\will happen in the present\future if a certain condition happens. Whwen the if_clause has the present tense, the main clause used the present or future tense. Note that the if_clause msy come before or after main clause. When the if_clause comes after the main clause, there is no comma between the clauses. If Clause Main Clause If the weather is good we drive to beach. We will drive to the beach. If she can he calls home everyday. Hes going to call home today. Main clause If clause Sam goes finishing on Fridays if he has time Samwill go finishing this Friday She goes to thr \e movies every week if she has extra mony. She will go to the movies this week Unreal present condition If clauses that refer to an unreal, or hypotehnical, situation in the present use verbs in the subjunctive mood. Their forms are the same as thouse of the pst tense, except for the verb BE.Were, not was is used with singulat nouns he,she, and it. If Clause Main Clause If he exercised regularly he would probably feel better. If we left earlier we could get home before dark. If I were you I.d follow the doctors advice. Main Clause Bob wouldnt get so confused You could get your money back Yhis might be a better movie Past unreal condition If Clause if he followed instructions if he had your sales slip. if it werent so long.

Another type of conditional sentence is used to show a past unreal condition or situation. It tells what could, would, or might have happened in the past if a certain condition or situation had been true. The if-clause has the past perfect tense and main clause uses could have\ might have\ would have + a past participe. If Clause If we had left earlier If you had had more mony, If Jay had seen the doctor, Main Clause Ed could have passed He might have gone with you, Jane would have called ajohn, Main Clause we might have been on time. you could have bought a house. he wouldnt have gotten so ill. If Clause if he had studied harder. if you had invited him. if she hadnt been so busy. BOOK 14 LESSON 1 Summary F. G. I need your full mame and rank, please. My name is Roger Lee, and I'm ensing. This is Ensingn Park. Book\books; glass\ glasses; child\children; fish\fish; family\families Hai just got here. Ned will be here soon.as big a montain. be assigned enlist a inrola; a se angaja be promoted station gara; post(de emisie); advenced follow a urma; a pricepe; a ins enlisted basic training commander capitan de vas; omandant duty dare; impozit; datorie; obligatie insignia lieutenant commander Marine Corps opportunity petty neinsemnat; meschin private particular; individual promotion avansare; promovare retirement pensionare; retragere seaman apprentice technical sergent airman basic assignment

V. assign a aloca; a atribui be up for promote incuraja; a promova serve a fi de ajutor/folos; a servi be stationed advent aparitie; venire advenced basic de baza follow on captain corporal ensign portdrapel; steag lance corporal lieutenant junior Noncomissioned subofiter personnel personal(angajat); salar petty officer private first class recruit recrut seaman matelot; marinar seaman recruit traning airman first class

train a antrena; tren; ademenire; capcana; momire; a instru bar a bara; bara acuzatilor; barou; tejghea; bara; a interzice change rest; schimb; a schimba; schimbare grade grad; rang; rampa; clasa; calificativ; panta; a grada The military ofers you 1.The opportunity to serve your country and see the world. With military bases in every state, you will have a variety of assignments. 2.Many opportunity to further your training and education. 3. Promotion, opportunities. The military went you to be all can be. 4.A medical plan to cover all military peraonnel and theier families. 5.A change fo an early retirement. You may be person who can enjoy a second career.

Plural count nouns are nouns that may by preceded by a or an in the singular a book a man an apple a fish Count nouns can made plural. Regular plurals are formed by adding: _es to wordsending in these _es, changing the _y to _I to _s to words ending in a letters:_ s;_z;_x;_ch; and_sh words ending in a consonst +_y vowel +_y and other words boxes sandwiches dresses inches wishes Iregular plural have different forms: fishfeet women families duties cities libraries books chaires tables boys woeds faces deer teeth knives children men

The _es or _s is addded to count nouns to form the plural has three different pronunciations. \iz\ \s\ \z\ boxes books tables dresses suits sons sandwiches cooks words dishes cups windows pages boots boys quizzes crops duties horeses recruits jobs chances ranks times classes basics caves services eggs

The adjective A lot of. can be used with plural count nouns. A.Who was that the phone? Z. That was Petty Officer calling sir. A .Oh, yes. He served with me at Norfolk.He's a great NCO.He endlisted when he was nineteen years old. Introduce yourself to the class. Give the information : 1.name 2.rank 3country 4.branch or service 5.last duty 6.present duty station (your duty station now, at this time) 7.next duty station. Just \ Soon are adverbs of time. Just is used to indicate recent completion in the past. John just arrived from New York. Soon is used to indicate expected completion in the near future.His brother will arrive from L. A soon. Tom just finished his homework. Bob will be finished soon. What is about? A.Mike, I just finished my homework. Do you want to go to the gim? Z.I'm not finished yet, but I will be soon. I'll meet you there. A.Hello, jane. I'm still at the airoport. The plane just arrived. Z.When will you be home? A.I'll be home soon. A.The mail just came, and I got a letter from my brother. Z.What dores he say in the letter? A. He says he'll be finished with his ranind soon. A.Mom, did the phone just ring. Z.Yes, it was Uncle Roger. He'll be here soon. As..as comparisons use an construction with adjectives and adverbs to make comparision.Look at the examles: Jack is twenty years old. Bill is twenty years old. Jack is as old as Bill. (They are the same age) Fred is rich. He is richer than brother John. John isn/t as rich as his brother Fred. (Fred is richer) Linda finished her work in two hours. Betty finished in the same time. Betty worked as fast as Linda worked. (Betty and Linda worked at the same speed). Bob studies hard every naight. Mary sometimes studies. Mary doesn/t study as hard as Bob does. (Bob studies harder than Mary.) As + adjective + as Bill is younger than Bob.(old) Bill isnt as old as Bob.

Future progressive is formated with Will + be + verb_ing It is used toexppres an action that will be in progress at or up to particular time in the future. Well be leaving at noon onFriday. Tom wont be leaving until midnight tonight. A.Will you be working late this evening? Z.No, I won't be, I'll be leaving early. A.Will you be going to the gim ai noon today? Z.No, I'll be going out at 4:00 this afternoon. A.Where will you be going this summer? Z. I'll be traveling in Europe. A.What will you be doing this time tomorrow? Z. I'll be driving to Houston to visit my grandfather. BOOk 14 LESSON 2 Summary F. G. What was it like at the farm last wwekend? The field was like a forest because the corn was so tall. extremly\ quite\ rather\ really\ so\ terribly\ very This is the place whee the sun shines all year. Can you tell me the time when the movie ends? If you are meeting Sylvia ai 9:00, you'll need to leave now. If you're looking for Major Langry go to room 345. If you're taking the test tomorrow, you should study. If Sara has heard from Tom, she will let us know. If you haven't decided on a vacantion yet, go to Florida.Sammy can go the movie if he's finished hie homework. V. be born bloom floare; a inflori; roseata blossom floare a unui pom; a inflori destroy a distruge locate a stabili locul; a amplasa raise a creste vite; a starni; a ridica reflect a reflecta because deoarece; pentru ca extremely peste masura de; extrem de much mult probably probabil rather cam; oarecum thick gros; dens; des when cand; in timp ce; pe cand where incotro; pe unde; unde barn hambar cabin cabina cattle vite cow vaca crop recolta; seceris destruction nimicire; distrugere dirt gunoi; marsavie; murdarie farmer arendas; fermier forest codru; a impaduri; padure mare location situatie; amplasare; loc horse cal picnic picnic plant a planta; planta; uzina; a stabi ranch crescatorie de vite; ferma rancher fermier la o crescat. de vite reflection reflectare

sheep\sheep raspbery wheat quite field graze

persoana sfioasa; oaie zmeura grau cu desavarsire; total teren; camp; lan julitura; a zgaria; a paste

silo walley again almost born

a insiloza; siloz iar; din nou aproape innascut; nascut

a gren tumb in fuul bloom take\took\taken care of little mic/ marunt(diminutiv); mic; infim around peste tot; prin apropiere; jurul(in) calf\calves gamba; pui(de elefant/balena); vitel make\made\made a fabrica; a face; a produce plant a planta; planta; uzina; a stabili take\took\takentaken care of a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca lot soarta; a sorti; tragere la sorti; destin; noroc harvest cules; recolta; a secera; seceris; a culege; a recolta lightlight\lit\lit a se cobora; a se lasa; a lumina; usor; lumina zilei; felinar; a aprinde; bridge a construi un pod; a trece peste; bridge; pasarela; pod; radacina nasului bull mascul(la animale); specula la bursa; taur farm a cultiva pamantul; a lua in arenda; ferma; gospodarie harvest cules; recolta; a secera; seceris; a culege; a recolta kid ied; manusi glase; piele de capra sau ied; a-si rade de; pici; pusti; a pacali The John raise cattle. We can see the cattle rfrom the road. They are grazing in the field. They eat all day long. The bull is on the lrft side, and the cows and calvers are on the rightside of the road. Look there's a baby calf with its mother.It was probably born last night. We're almost to the bridge. Last year, extremely heavy rains destroyed it. The rivier rose and also caused a lot of destruction to the fields around it. They had to plant the grass and build the bridge agaun. A.Glad you liked it. Our neighbors, the Marts, just harvested some vegetablesand gave us some. Z.Did they have a goo harvest this years? A.Yes,I can remember that early in the spring all the fruit trees blossom.The white blossoms make the trees look they have snow on them Z.I know.I took some pictures of the blossom.The trees were in full bloom.All the blossom were open, and the tree looked beatiful.In one pf the pictires, I got the reflection of the tree on the lake. Adverbs of degree We can use certain adverbs before adjectives and other adverbs to make the meaning stronger. These adverbs have the general meaning of very. For example: extremely cheap (adverb + adjective) reallyinteresting (adverb + adjective) so well (adverb + adjective) rather good (adverb + adjective) terribly noisy (adverb + adjective) quite fast(adverb + adjective) Very quickly (adverb + adjective) 1.Mark was terribly upsed after accident. 3.Linda's doughter is quite beautyful. 2. Mr.Shark writes extremely well. 4.I saw to movie, and Iwas rather good.

5. Sgt. Andrew was so excited about his award from the general. 6.Uncle Arnold is very strong. 7.Capt. Lane has to work late night, so he's really tired. 8.That man was quite rude to my friend. Adjective clauses with wher and when Where is used in an adjective clause to modify a place. Itcomes right after the place. We found a restaurant. The food was good (at the restaurant) We found a restaurant where the food was good. ( where refers to restaurant a place) When is used in an adjective clause to modify a noun of time. It comes right after the noun. The summer was hot. We went to San Francisco (during that summer) The summer when we want to San Francisco was hot (when refers to summer, anoun of time) 1.They visited the house where George Washinton lived. 2.They saw the place where thre Library Bell is. 3.They visited thre room where Alexander Bell made the first phone call. 4.They started at the hotel where the president haves stayed. 5.He's tolds us about the day when he broke hie atm during a basketball game. 6.He's talked about the time when he was a pilot in the Air Force. IF conditional Certain if-conditional sentences express something that is true. The persent progressive or the Present perfect can be used in the if-clause, and the future, a modal, or the imperative can be used in the clause. IF-CLAUSE MAIN CLAUSE (condition) (result) Present progresive Future\Modal\Imperative If youre looking for Bill Youll find him in the library You can find him in the library Go to the library Present perfect Future\Modal\Imperative If you havent been to the park were going to go this Sunday. You should go this Sunday. Go this Sunday. If youre going to the library, please return this book. 1.If your're meeting Sylvia at 9:00 you'll need to leave now. 2.Maggie can stay with me if she's staying in town for the weekend. 3.If John's plane is arriving at 13:00, we shouldn't go to the airport now.It's too early. 4.If Bobby is looking for his keys, he'll find them on the dining room table. 5.Please exchange this shirt if you're going to the mall. 6.If you're writing a letter to Pete, tell him I said HI. 7.If you're thinking about ypur future, you should think about going to college. 8.Don't carry a lot of money if you're going downtown. 1.Sammy can go to the movie if he's finished his homework. 2.If you haven't decided on a vacantion yet, go the Florida. 3.The kids can watch TV if they have finished dinner.

4.If Sara has heard from Tom, she'll let us know. 5.Tell Ms.Smith that she can leave early if she's finished all her homework. 6.If Fred hasn't called by 8:00, we're going to leave without her. 7.If Fred hasn't forgotten he'll be here at 7:00. 8.If you haven't seen that new movie, go this weekend. It's great! BOOk 14 LESSON 3 Summary F. G. He didn't eathies suprer. He must not be hungry. Walking is good exercise. Pat is tired of riding a bus. There are two candlles on Jay's cake. He must be two years old. Do you have to go now? Yes, I must go right now. You must not drive over 66 on city higways. There isen't a long line, so Ed will not have to wait. I'll write ti you. The Devlins are not going to to Florida.Could you help me? I'm sorry. I can't .I have a backache. Would you take this to Major Green's office? Yes, sir, I will.

V. Afford a-si permite e born believe in belive a crede believer credincios low\blew\blown out come\came\come over sosit; venit continue a starui; a urma; a continua drop by drop over go\went\gone ovre look forward to must trebuie sing\sang\sung a intona; a canta turn a intoarce; a invarti turn down turn up wrap a impacheta; broboada; sal all tot/orice beside langa; pe langa besides de altfel; in afara de; pe langa broke lefter; rupt poor nefericit; sarac poorly saracacios; indispus pretty destul; dragut proud\proudly semet rich bogat scared scarf esarfa; fular soft\softtly nealcoolic; pufos; moale underneath de jos; dedesubt; inferior irth nastere; origine birthday zi de nastere blow out a stinge o lumanare; a exploda candle lumanare couple cuplu; a se imperechea; a lega gift dar; talent gifted inzestrat; capabil microscope microscop present prezent; a prezenta; actual; dar song cantare; cantec turn volume amploare; volum take turns from now on comfortable\confortably confortabil; reconfortant go a merge; a se duce; a deveni; energie; entuziasm; miscare; incercare; moda uncomfortable\uncomfortably necomfortabil; incomod; jenant; neplacut drop a lasa sa cada; bomboana; a cadea; picatura; strop

Gerunds as subjects and objects of prepositions A gerund is the ING form of a verb. Examples: eating, plaing, sleeping A gerund is used as a noun. The most common noun function of a gerund is the object of a verb. The gerund plus the words that go with it is called a gerund phrase. He enjoys teaching English. We finished working about an hour ago. A gerund or gerund phrase can also be used as the subject of a sentence. Driving on wet roads can be dangerous. Learning a second language is fun. A gerund or gerund phrase can be used as the object of a preposition. You can turn off the radio by pushing this button. Are you interesed in learning German? He apologized for being late. The following is a list common preposition combination with verb and adjectives that gerunds can follow: Verb + preposition pologize for look forward to believe in plan on decide on talk on finish with think of Adjective + preposition afraid of nervous about bored with proud of excited about scared of fond of tired of frightend of worried about interesed in Learning English is easy. Im interested in learning more English. Im worried about flying. 1.Swimming in the ocean could be dangerous. 2.Are the chlidren excited about going to the birthday party? 3.Walking is good exercise. 4.Danny is bored with listening to language tapes. 5.Flying airplanes is Capteain Taylor's job. 6.Is Lt Andrews worried about failing his quiz? 7.Living in New York City can be very expensive. 8.Thank you for helping me. 9.Instead of studying, johh went to a movie.' Must as probability is used with the simple present tense or the present progresive to express probability. Steve is smiling. He must be happy. I smell smoke. Something must be burning. Must not is used for the negative. Johns light are off. He must not be at home. Betty isnt eating. She must not be hungry. George busy a lot of dog and cat food. He must raise dogs and cats. She must be on the fone. A.Their car is at the side of the road. Z. They must be having car trouble. A.John, do you understand what they are saying? No, I don't .Let me listen more carefully. Oh, they're from Oman.They must be speaking Arabic. A.The traffic is really movingslowly today. Z.Ther must be an accident up ahead.

A.Oh look! Someoneforgot his jacket.It hasthe letters M.L. in it. A.This packaje from Grandma is veryy small. Z.It must not be the bicycle that you wanted. Making deductions and conclusions We use the modal must, may, might, and could to make deductions ans conclusions from the information that we receive. Must is used when we are very sure or very certain about something. May, might, and could are used when we are less sure or certain. must very sure may less sure might less sure couls less sure This must be the one. John must be at his mothers. A.Which one is the key to the door? Z.None of the others fit, so this must be the one. A.She wears a big diamond ring; he dirives an expensive car. Z.They must be rich. A.What's wrong with Lynn? She didn't eat any supper. Z. Oh, She might not be hungry. A.Do you want to eat supper outside? Z.No, the sky looks dark. It may rain. A.look at oll the cars in front of the Smiths' house! Z. They might be having a party. A.I've called three times, but no one answered the phone. Z.They must not be at home. A.He's wearing a sweater. Z.I guess he must be cold. A.George isn't home. Z.He could be shopping at the mall. A.The mailman didn't stop at our hose today. Z.He must not have any mail for us. A.Why is the baby crying? She just finished eating.Z.She could have a stomachache. Review of modals Must and have\has to both express necessity and obligation. You must have mony to buy a car. I cant go. I have to study for a test. Must not is used to express prohibition. You must not smoke in the building. (Dont smoke in the building) You must not dtive through a red light.(Donnt drive through a red liht) Not have \has to is used yto express lack of necessity. Tomorrow is Saturday.We dont have to go to class. We have a lot of time. We dont have to study. Will and going to are both used to express future time. Frank will finish packing tonight. He is going to finish packing tonight. Could and would are used to make requests. Would you close the widow, please? Could you please hand me the sugar? We dont have to go to school today. Yes, he will. Would you put it here? Would you help me, please? Would you close the window? A.Sir, when must I report to Travis AFB? Z.You must ne there on the Twenty-first of April. A.Mom, do you have to wash the dishes tonight? Z.Yes, you have to wash them before you can go uot. A.Johny, does your little brother have to come with us? Z.Yes, Dad said I have to take care of him all day. A.Do we have to wear our hats outside? Z.Yes, you must wear your hats outside. A.When do I have to be at the airport? Z.You must be at the airport by 7:00 a.m.

BOOk 14 LESSON 4 Summary F. G. You don't haveto pay the fare. What did Nick say? He said didn't have to pay the fare. Dan's shoes are too might. He ought to get another pair. What time will Patt arrive? He'll arrive a six a o'clock. When did he say? He said he would arrive at six o'clock. When is Jan going to leave? She'a going to leave Monday. What did tell you? He told me she was going to leave Monday. What did tell you? He said that Al had to be there Sunday. Carl draws well. Ed draws better than Carl.Al draws the best. Sue sings bladly. Ann sings wores than Sue.Pam sings the worst. a contramanda; a anula a raporta; relatare; raport a avea gust; savoare; gust put\put\put aside smell a adulmeca; a mirosi tour turneu; calatorie by chance take a chance in strainatate accidental intamplator din intamplare as soon as alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa foreign strain tocmai cand lucky norocos; favorabil incolo; liber(timp); departe on in; pe; la a freca smooth lin; a netezi; neted worse mai rau cel/cea mai rau/rea chance rest; schimb; a schimba; schimba bilet; costul unei curse; a calatori group grup; grupa; a (se) grupa loterie passenger pasager; calator fagaduiala; promisiune refreshment inviorare; aperitiv a raporta; relatare; raport smell a adulmeca; a mirosi turneu; calatorie tourist turist; calator a atenta; a incerca; incercare; a intreprinde; tentativa a imbunatati; a intrece; mai bine; mai bun ar trebui; a se cuveni; a se cadea; a fi probabil consiliu de conducere; pensiune; planseta; scandura

V. cancel report taste by accident on and on abroad accidentally by just as off rought smoothly fare lottery promise report tour attemp better\best ought to board

worst

Ought to as advice You dont look good. You dont look good. You should get there on time. flowers.

Should and ought to are both used to give advice. You should see a doctor. You ought to see a doctor. You ought to get there on time. We ought to send her some

1.Sara has ricived three letters form Jak.She ought to write to him thios weekend. 2.Sam's shoes are tight. He ought to get a bigger pair. 3.There was an accident on the highway. Younought to leave qa little earlier today. 4.It's very cloudy today. Jeremy ought to wear his raincot. 1.You should taste the soup. It's delicious. 2.Jack should serve in the army if he has a chance. 3.They should take the cattle to thr barn 4.We should visit our friend who's sick. 5.She should wrop the birthday presnts. 6.You should stop smoking. Indirect\ reported speech When a modal is used in direct speech, it is frequently changed in reported speech. Direct spreech Reported spreech (present tense) ( past tense) will pesent BE going to past BE going to must (necessity) had to have\has to had to not have to didnt have to must not(prohibition) must not Notice that had to is used instead of must in past tense reported speech when must means necessity. He told me we might fly today. He said that he would do it. A.What did the Major Tell you? Z. He told me that we might fly today. A.What time does Dad's plane arrive? Z.It will arrive at 7:00. A.What did Frank tell you about Dad's plane? Z.He told me that it would arrive at 8L34. A.What time do I have to be in cxlass? Z.You must be there at 9:00. A.Do you have wash thr dishes tonight? Z.No, you do't have towash then today. A.Can you smoke? Z.No, you must not smoke in the room. A.What did Bill say about smoking her? Z.he said we must not smoke in the room. Irregular adverbs Some adverbs have irregular comparisons. Adverb Comparative Superlative well better than the best badly worse than the worst The comparative from is ised when referring to two people or things. The superlative from is ised when referring to two people or things. BOOK 15 LESSON 1 Summary F. Whats basuic training lik? Its pretty tough.

G S V sfredeli;

We learn English more easly than they do. Ptv Allen falls in the most quickly of all the trainees. Pvt Black polishes his boots less often than Pvt Shine.Bill studies the least regularly of oll the students. Have a conversation about military service. Select main idea trai trainEE attend plange enter guard iron march polish area broom training phisical a frecventa; ingriji; insoti complain crawl craul(inot); a se tara drill a intra n; a nscrie a pazi; a apara fier de clcat; marslui; a mrslui a slefui; a lustrui arie; suprafata matura antrenament; instruire fizic; trupesc; material fall in instruct join a face o plangere; a se exerci'iu; sfredel; a

a se alinia a iniia; a instrui alatura; a se uni tough dur; solid yell a zbiera; a urla everything tot; toate dorm dormitor comun basic de baza briefing adunare

a lasa sa cada; bomboana; a cadea a matura; maturare; maturat; a se napusti; a strabate a nadusi; sudoare; transpiratie; a transpira carpa de sters; a matura; a sterge a freca cu peria; animal pitic; lastaris; a trudi; tufaris A training day Drill instructors the new recruits.2.They make the trainees do everything over and over again. They make them atand at attention. The trainees stand very straight and do not move. They make them march until their Battle Dress Uniforms are wet with sweat. The Dis yell at the basic trainees who areslow in following orders. The soldiers learn to guard the military base. The drill instructors give phisical training to the soldiers. and crawl on their stomachs.The drill sergent yelled at Private Mulhoon when he dropped his rifle. The men obey quickly when the sergent tells them to fall in and march to the mess hall. Max begins to sweat after 20 minutes of phisical training. When a person enters the military, he becomes a trainee. The trainees clean the area. They have to pick up all the paper around the building. The students live o dorm. They have a lot of tommates. Frank used a broom to get the dirt off the floor. Bob sweeps the floor the dorm. Max mops nthe floor with water. He pushes the mop all around the floor. This trainee is scrubbing the floor with a bruch and soap and water.The trainees iron their uniforms. Be careful.That iron is very hot. Frank polishes his boots every day. He needs to buy some more black shoe plish. The trainees attend classes six days a week. They only have one day off. After class the trainees take a brek. This is their time to relax. The students attended the captain's briefing about basic training. He gave them a lot of information. A cadet is a student in a military school. Officer trainees are called cadets. The recruits must have phisical examination before thei join the military. Alice joined the Navy when she saw this sing. She likes to travel. The soldiers practice shooting on the firing range. Be cautions when you enter the firing range. What do you usually do? 1.Have you ever had to guard the gate? No, I never have 2.What do you usually do in the morning? Usually, I do Pt in the morning, but sometimes if the weather's bad I have class.

drop sweep\swep\swep sweat\sweat\sweat mop scrub

3.Do you always wear your dress uniform to march? No, not always. Often I march in my BDUs. 4.Where do you go on the weekends? Frequently I go to the beach, but occasionally I have duty. 5.Do you often have duty on the weekend? No, I seldom have duty on the weekend but I still have to study. 6.Where do you go when you want to study? I often gomnto the library, but sometomes I stay in my room and close the door. 7. Do you ever have a break. Yes, occasionally I have some free time. It's usually just before I go to bed. What kinds of things do oyu in basic training? Well, we do many different things. We always scrub and polish everything. And we have PT every day, but I like that. How many miles have we marched? Too many! This is killing me! How aften do we get breaks? Breaks? We only started thirty minutes ago. Tell thet to my feet. How 's the food in basic training? It's very good, and I'm always hungry after we've drilled all day. I think it's terribile! It smells bad, and it tastes worse! I don't know. Sometimes it's good, and sometimes it's really bad. Adverbsof frequency The most common position is before the verb, bur after BE. They can also come at the beginning or end of the sentence. She is seldom on time. Is she usually on time? She never comes here. Does she always come here? Where does it go? usually sometimes often seldom never occasionally ever always frequently 1.Do you ever think about your basik training? 2.The basic trainee is frequently tired at the end of the day. 3.The men always wear their fatigues when yhey mop and scrub. 4.The trainee is usually busy all day. 4.During his training the trainee seldom has breaks. What do you usually do? How often.? usually frequently seldom ever never always occasionally Sometimes often How often do you go to the muvies? I go to the muvies occasionally. Do you ever have to? More and Most are used with adverbs of 2 or more syllabes for the comparative and superlative forms. ADVERB COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE slowly more slowly than the most slowly carefully morecarefully than the most carefully frequently more frequently than the most frequently These are some examples of adverbs formed by adding _ly to adjectives. Note the spellind changes. correct correctly careful carefully beautiful beautifully cautions cautiously natural naturally slow slowly soft softly nervous nervously quiet quietly quick quickly easy easily angry angrily reasonable reasonably

1.Jane is one the best English speakers in the class. She speaks more correctly than Ann 2.Janet is the best in the class. She prepare her homework the most carefully of all. 3.Who sings the most beautifully in the class? Jane does. She has the best voice. 4.Which one of the students attends class the most regularly? Anthony. He's never missed a day. Which one of the girls eats the most slowly? The suffix _ion may be added to some verbs to form nouns.Note the spelling changes. collect collection confuse confusion educate education instruct instruction locate location select selection operate operation promote promotion 1.It was difficult to select the best mman for the job. The selection of the best man was difficult for the commander. 2.Mr.Smith wanted to promote his secretsry, but the business office wouldn't allow any more promotions. 3.Phillip likes to collect old guns. He has a very large collection.

BOOK 15 LESSON 2 Summary F G Can you come over Sunday? I'm afraid I'll be busy Sunday. Ben would be happy to help you. Sally will help, too. She will cook the barbecue. We can eat out door. Wherw are you going? Nowhere.I'm not going anwyhere.I think I've seen you somewhere before.Are we going anywhere tonight ?No,do you want to go somewhere?

V berbecue celebrate a celebra; a sarbatori drop in invite a pofti; a invita; cheese branza; have got slice a taia felii afraid infricosat; speriat afterwards dupa aceea have over before in fata; inainte drink a bea; bautura fresh nou; proaspat; recent inside viscere; dos; interior nowhere nicaeri outside aparenta; exterior somewher in jurul a; undeva stale ranced; vechi wine vin better a imbunatati; a intrece; mai bine; mai bun celebration celebrare; ceremonie; sarbatorire quest a fi in cautare de;cautare;a cauta; urmarire ketchup sos picant luncheon mustard mustar pickles legume marinate rain check roll chifla; a rostogoli; sul sauce sos; suc de fructe; zeama slice a taia felii; bucata(subtire); felie

steak antricot; biftec; bucata strawberry capsun; capsuna; frag de padure wedding nunta; nuptial as la fel de; in timp ce; deoarece would ai; ati; ar; as; voi; vei; va; vom; veti; (exprima dorinta) Will ai sa; are sa; aveti sa; o sa; pofta; vei; veti; vointa; vor; dorinta miss esua, lovitura ratata hold\held\held a pastra; a tine anywhere nicaieri; oriunde; undeva As I was shopping yesterday ,I saw Mrs.Adams indide the mall.She said she and her husband are expecting company nex week.We should have them over for dinner. Iit's an old college friend. Do you remember N.K. from Ames, Iowa? Yes.I'm afraid I do, and I won't tell you a lie ansd say I've missed seeing her since she was here before. Well suppose I could have a luncheon and just have women guest. I could invite Nell, and the other women in my club. Would you do that for me? I won't have to attend if your get-together is at noon when I'm at the office. All right. I won't make you come to my party this time. I'll give you a rain check. Have you got the Adams'number? I'll call her right now. I'vebeen hungry for barbecue all week. The food always tastes better when you cook it outside. Would you like a slice of cheese on your hamburger, Dan? Yes, please.I thinh a little cheese makes almost any sandwich taste better. Please, help yourself to some pie, Harvey. I'm going to go inside and get some ice cream.too. Thank you, I.m had enougf. I've got to drive home. How did you make this patato salad Mary? It's wonderful. Well, I used cold patatos that I cooked before. I sliced them and added onions, pickles, mayonnaise, mustard, and some eggs I boiled. What can we buy Billy for his birthday? Maybe we can buy him a bicycle.here's a sale at the departament store this week. Where can go to buy a car? Let's check the newspaper. Maybe we can find a bargain. Can you drive to meeting tonight? Yes, I can. I'll pick you uo at 7:00. Would you to come to our party? We use will and would tosay what we want or want todo. Can I help you please? Yes, Id like a cheese sandwich. (I want a cheese sandwich). Were having a party next weekend. Can you come? Yes, Id love to. ( yes, I want to come). The box looks heavy. Ill help you with it. (I want to help you with it). I need some help in the kitchen. I'll slice the chichen for you. I'm worried about Dad. I'll drop by and check on him tomorrow. Reviw of modals Should, ought to, and be supposed to have the same meaning. They are used to give advice.

You should study more. You ought to do better. Were supposed to take off our hars inside. Used to is used to express an activity, situation or a habit that existed in the past but which no longer exists. I used to smuke ten ago, but I dont any longer. Would is used to express an action that was repeated regularly in the past. Used to can also be used this way. When I is a boy, my father would play baseball with us. When I was boy, my father used to play baseball with us. Must is used to express deduction and probability. Johns not in class. He must be sick today. Can is used to say that something is possible. We can see the lake from the living room. You can walk to the pool.It.s very close. Flying in an airplane can be dangerous. Lets go somewhere. To express an indefinite place or location we use the adverbs somewhere, anywherw, and nowhere. This is how they are used: Somewhere in afirmative questions/statements, Anywhere in afirmative questions/negative statements, Nowhere in short answer. (Nowhere means not anywhere) Are you going somewhwre? Yes, Im going somewhere. No, Im not going anywhere. Are you going anywhere? Where are you going? Nowhere. 1.I saw your keys somewhere. 2. I've hearg that music somewhere before. 3.Are you going somewhere during your leave 5. You shouldn't go anywhere this weekend. 6. Jean can't travel anywhere without Joe. BOOK 15 LESSON 3 Summary F. G. V. apply earn notice photograph requite alive in addition unusual a aplica; a cere a castiga; a merita aviz; notificare foto(grafie) a rasplati; a recompensa in viata; vioi; activ neobisnuit; extraordinar die a deceda; a se prapadi; a mur leave\left\left a lasa; a parasi order ordine; serie; succesiune postpone a amana was\were going to else alt; altfel overseas peste mari si oceane unusually de obicei I'm going to fly to Africa. Have you applied for a visa? What where you going to do? I was going to join the Navy.Don't tell anyone else. Everybody else knows. What did he tell you? He told me I have to stop smokung.

usual application continent document holiday life\live order ride visa while reason around dead

uzual; obisnuit aplicare; aplicatie; cerere; silinta continent; cumpatat a documenta; document sarbatoare; vacanta; concediu existenta; viata ordine; serie; succesiune

air certificate death history honeynoon museum photo

aer adeverinta; certificat moarte; mortal; sfarsit cronica; istorie luna de miere muzeu foto(grafie)

a merge calare; a calari; a calari a viza un pasaport; viza cat timp; pe cand; pe cata vreme; desi; in timp ce mobil; motiv; pricina; ratiune; a rationa; a chibzui; a cumpani; a cugeta peste tot; prin apropiere; jurul(in) molesit; mort; nesimtitor; vestejit

Hank and Helen are getting married next month. A couple of dasy after their wedding, they are planning to go to Europe for their honeymoon.They are really excited about this vacation because they have left the continent of North America before.Helen is excited about Europe because she has relatives in Spain and Italy that she has never met. Hank is just happy to be going overseas; he has always wanted to cross an ocean. When they filling out their passport applications, Hank and Helen went tosee a travel agent.He told them which countries in Europe require visa and which countries could visit without visas.They decided to apply visa for Romania. Hank is in the Army.The day before his wedding, he recived order to go to several countries on the continent of Africa for six months. They order himto report around the 14 th or 15 th of June.That was around the same time he and Helen were going to leave for Europe.Hank didn't know what to do. He didn't ask his commander to postpone the trip to Africa foe a month. I have order to go to Africa. When? How long? Wiil, I may be able to get another assignment. It'll mean that I have to go along for the ride to Antartica.My commander's going there in August, and he wanted me to go, too. Well, that doesn't sound too bad. A least we would still have our trip to Europe.How long would you be gone on that trip? Was\Were going to is used to say what someone intended to do in the past, but dident. John was going to fly to Paris, but he changed his mind. My sister was going to meet me for dinner, but she forgot. What where they going to do? 1.Did you finish the assignment? I was going too, but I had to clean my room in the dorm. 2.Did your parents enjoy their trip to Greenland? They didn't go there. 3. What is Lt Sanchez doing hire? They canceled her leave. 4. Did you and your wife enjoy the movie? Yes, very much. Ar first we weren't going to go, but I'm glad we did.

Else

is used with adverb and pronoun compounds of some, any_,no_, and every_. someone else\somebody else = some other person anyone else\anybody = any other person no one else\no body else = no other person something else = some other thing anything else = any other thing nothing else = no other thing everything else = every other thing somewhere else = in\at\to some other place anywhere else = in\at\to any other place nowhere else = in\at\to no other place everywhere else = in\at\to every other place A.How was your meal, sir? Z.Very good, thank you. The meal was very good. A.Can I get you anything else? Z.No, nothing else, thenks .I can't eat any more. A.Have you heard about Tom's trouble with his boss? Z. Yes, but don't tell anybody else. A. Why not? A. I don't know. I guees he doesn't want everybody else to know. Z. But I have to tell somebody else ! It's not any fun if I can't. A.Where are you planning to go to your vacantion this year? Z.We've decided to go to South America. A.Have you applied for visa yet? Z.I don't think we'll need any visas. A.I think would you like to go to our honeymoon? Z.I've always wanted to fly to Australia. A. I think you should call a travel agent and find out. Z.yeah, that's a good idea. A.We may go to Europe next summer? Z.Have you ever been there before. A.When will you be leaving? Z.I'll graduate from my language traning program at the end of next month. I'll leave a few days later. Direct and reported spreech when a modal is used in direct spreech, it is sometimes changed in reportrd speech. Notice will \ would. Direct spreech Reported spreech (present tense) ( past tense) ought to (advice) ought to should (advice) should used to\ would(past routine) used to \ would used to (discontinued past habit) used to

must(deduction) must not (deduction) was\ were going to would like to (desire) will\ would (willingness) A.You ought to buy TV, Mary ? Z.you're right.I sould buy one but I don't have enough maney. Z.My parents would sell you their old TV very cheap. A.I used to watch a lot of TV.Now I'm too busy.

must must not was\ were going to would like to would

A.My parents were going to go to Europe, but they coult't go? Z. tell ? What did he tell you? S.He toll me (that his) parents were going to go to Europe, but they couldn't go. A.Another thing is that you must exercise. You ought to walk or run for 30 minutes, 3 or more times a week. You'll feel better. You'll also lose some of that weight I notice you've gained. Z.Okay.I'll start to walk in the morning before I go to work. I was going to go on a diet, but I'll try exercising to lose the weught. What did you say would like to do? Where did he say they went? He said that you should stop.

BOOK 15 LESSON 4 Summary

F. G. V.

How long have you coughing? For about a week. I hurt myself.. You seem very calm. Stay well. Did he give the order himsel? The ground remained wet for a month. I take weekly shots for my allergy. all by oneself allergic appear bed rest bleed\bled\bled blood pressure dizzy flu filled se

alergic allergy alergie a face impresie; a aparea aspirin aspirina bed pat a insangera; a sangera blood neam; sange; a sangera clinic clinica ametit; naucit examine a examina; a cerceta gripa; raceala get a prescription himself chiar el; el insusi;

ill ran nedreptate Laboratory mirror myself operation pelicillin pill prescription quet seat sign sick social security still swollen treatment wipe themselves yourself yourselves calm card care pulse Lab drug lie\lay\ seem medication operate

bolnav; nefavorabil laborator a reflecta; oglinda eu insumi; ma actiune; operatie penicilina pilula; a fura; a jefui reteta tacut loc de stat; bilet; scaun a semna; indiciu; semn indispus; bolnav silentios; linistit umflat; exagera curata; a freca; a sterge

Injure Injury Itself lain down muscle number ourselves pharmacy presclibe quiet down record sign on sign in sick call sprained sulfa tablet twisted treat

a leza; a pagubi; a dauna; a dauna; leziune; rana; el insusi(pe); se muschi numar noi insine; ne farmacie a prescrie a inregistra; record; disc a se angaja intr-un serviciu

sulfamida blocnotes; tablita contorsionat; stramb ospat; a considera; a trata

chiar ei/ele; insisi; insele; singuri; se insati; tu insuti; tu insati; te; singur va; voi insiva; singuri a se calma; calm; liniste; a se linisti; linistit carte(de joc); a daraci; fisa; invitatie a avea grija; a-i pasa(de); atentie; grija puls; ritm; indemn; a pulsa; pulsatie; dispozitie; a bate laborator; Partidul Laburist (Anglia); laborator(presc) doctorie; a droga; medicament; narcotic a fi culcat; minciuna; nascocire a da impresia; a parea; a se parea ingrijire medicala; medicatie a opera(med); a actiona; a manui

Whem Lt Burns looked in the mirror this morning, he didnt like the reflections that he saw. His nose was red and his eyelids were swollen. He told the doctor that he thought he had an allergy. The doctor gave him a shot to help his his swollen eyes and runny nose. This would make him feel better until they found out. What was causing his allergy. Then the doctor wrote a prescription for samme more medicine. He told Lt Burns to take the drug every day for two weeks. He also handed Lt Burns a slip for a laboratory test. The doctor saod, This test will probably tell us the things that you are allergic to. When I know the caucs your simptoms, Ill know how to treat your problem.

A the lab a corpsman stuk a needle in Lt Burns arm and withdrew some blood. The wiped the blood from his patients arm with a piece of cotton. He treated Lt Burns very carefully. After he left the lab Lt Burns got his prescription filled at the pharmacy. A.You dont seem well, Tim. Whats the matter? Z.Every mucle in my body aches. A.Maybe you got too much exercises yesterday. Z.No, I dont think so. I really feel ill. A.Do you have fevers? Z. Yes, and I get dizzy when I stand up. A.You may have the flu? Z.Ive already missed sick call this morning. A. The clinic holds sick call againat 1300 hours. B. If i take some aspirin, Ill last until them. A.You should go to your room and lie down. Z.Thats probably what the doctor will prescribe: pain pills and bed rest.

Reflexive pronouns The following words are reflexive pronouns: myself yourself himself herself itself yourselves themselves An reflexive pronoun is used as an object and refers to the subject of the sentence or clause. He looked at himself in the mirror. She injured herself during the game. The children went to the movies by themselves. Somethime reflexive pronounsare used for emphasis. Who cooked dinner? Betty herself cooked dinner, not her mother. She cooked dinner herself. Reflexive pronouns used for emphasis. I know the was locked. I myself locked it. I locked it myself. A. Are you sure this is the right road? Z. Of, course I am. I myself drew this map. A.Does Ellen really want all of us to come for dinner? Z.Sure. She herself invited us. A. Can you carry anything else? Z, No, way. This box itself must weigh a hundert pounds.

ourselves

Linking verbs. We use adjectives after certain verbs called linking verbs. When an adjective is used after a linking verb, the adjective modifies the subject of the sentence. The most common liking verbs are: apper get smell be keep sound become remain stay feel seem taste A. How do you feel now? Z.I still feel a little dizzy. A.You seem calm? Z.I only appear calm. I'm really nervous. A.How did you do it? Z.Well, I was working on the roof and fell off. When I realized I had a broken leg, I knew I had to stay quiet and keep wery still. A.It's good that you remained calm. You saved yourself from a very bad injury. Your friend is very nice. The coffee tastes strong. Tom appeared calm during the strom. The food will remain cold on the ice. Bill seems nervous about his operation. Suffix _LY The suffix _ly can be added to nouns of time to make adjectives and adverb. The most common nouns are: day + ly = day hour + ly = hourly month + ly = mounthly night + ly = nightly week + ly = weekly year + ly = yearly The _ly words above can be used as both adjectives and adverbs. A.How often do you have guard duty? Z.I have guard duty every week. I have guard duty weekly. A.How does Sgt.Willis pay his rent? Z.He pays it by the month. He pay it monthly. A.When do you get your checkup? Z.I get it every year. I get it yearly. May help you? I'd like tosee a doctor. May I see your ID card? Yes, here is it.

Do you have a medical record here? No, this is my first visit. What's your age? I'm twenty. Do youknow your height andweight? Yes.I'm six feet tall and I weigh about 134 pounds. Do you smoke? A little I smoke about for cigarettes a day. Are you taking any medication? I'm taking aspirin. Are you allergic to any drugs? I don.t think so. Tell me about your symtoms? Well, I think I have a fever. My head and throat hurt, and I feel dizzy. How long have you symtoms? Since this morning.

We're going to take your temperature and chech your blood pressure and pulse. Then the doctor wiil examine you. O. K. Go to the frist room the right and have a seat. Thanks. Did you anything on it? Yes, I put ice on it. How doyou feel? My stomach is upset. I have a pain inmy chest and in my arm. Do you have any other symtoms? Yes.My head hurts. Calm down. Tell me your problem. I'm shot. Ishot myself. You shor yourself? How did that happen? I was cleaning my gun, and I dropped It. What happened to you? I broke my leg. How did you do that? I was washing my car and I slipeed on the wet street. BOOK 16 LESSON 1 F. What activities will help me get physically fit ? Jogging, swimming laps, or working out on exercise equipment. G. You had better be more careful; the next time you might get hurt. It's easier to do it myself. Why don't you grt more sleep ?She had owned her house for twenty years. active activ; harnic; vioi activities activity activitate; actiune avoid a evita check out a lichida contul la un hotel closed inchis convenient comod; convenabil cut\cut\cut down (on) a dobori; a ucide doubtful energy energie equipment echipament; even neted; orizontal; egal; par fitness sanatate; gradual treptat gradually had better health sanatate impossible imposibil;necrezut nap atipire; picoteala necessary necesar open a deschide; deschis; a incepe possible eventual; posibil possibly regularly in mod regulat relaxation destindere; relaxare; slabire skip hop; salt sleep a dormi; hibernare; somn suggestion idee; sugestie; swimming pool piscina; strand take part un take up a se ameliora; a se imbunatat try out a verifica; a incerca unnecessary superfluu; inutil weights pondere; povara; greutate weights lifting haltere weighty greu la cantar; influent; important take part a lua parte la take place avea loc cut felie; taietura; bucata; a reduce; a taia properly cum trebuie/se cade; pe buna dreptate; propriu-zis; strasnic; decent

lap lipait; pe genunchi; plescait; poala ook after a se ingriji de; a suprav. copil/ bolnav it ea(pentru obiecte/abstractiuni); el cut\cut\cut out a cala(motorul); a decupla proper adecvat; indicat; propriu; exact; jog a face jogging; zgaltait; zguduitura fit a se potrivi, acces; corespunzator Those people jog two miles every today. That store is so convenient. It's right across the street from my house. Nik took a nap after lunch. This gym all the equipment that I need. Helen swims twenty laps every day. Harvey lifts to keep fit. It can't possibly be 3:00 already thought we had plenty of time to get here. We're getting furniture little by little try to save enough money to buy one piece each month. H.Captain Harris sent me to the dispensary yesterday. And, unfortunately, the doctor agreed with his opinion need to lose weight. I weigh twenty pounds more than I should. A. Did the doctor put you fitness program ? H. Tell me about diet. A. Well, I have to cut down on potatoes and bred, and I have to cut out sweets completely. H. They gave me a choice of exercise activities. The doctor suggested that I swim laps. Captain suggested that I swim laps, jog, and lift weights. H. Well, good luck with your fitness program. I know that you'll feel better and I'm sure that you'll have a lot more energy too. It's a good plan to save money every month.It's expensive to take a taxi. It's not healthy to skip meals. It's fun to swim . P.It's dangerous to jog at night. S.Is it safer to run durind the day ? P.It's not always easy to understand Bill. S. I agree, but it's impossible not to like him. P.Why it is a good idea to use traveler's checks ? S.Because it's so easy to lose cash. P.It's hard for an adult to go school and work at the same time. S.It's even more difficult to have a family, go to school, and work at the same time. T.I'd sure like to take flying lessons A.It's very expensive. It's very expensive to take flying lessons. T.A always use the microwave. S.Me, too. It's quickler. T.Are you getting the assignment that you want ? S.Yes, and it's exciting. T. Did you make 100.on the exam ? S. yes, it was wonderful. Had better means should. Had better not means shouldn't You had better pay the rent today.You'd better get to class on time.You had better stop late et the red light. You had better not forget to pay the rent.You'd better not be late for class.You had better run the red light. A.You had better write to your parents.You know they worry about you. Z.I know, but I've been too busy. A.Have you paid this month's rent yet ? Z.No, I haven't. I'd better do it right away. A.Hadn't we better call the Smiths before we leave ? Z.Yes, we'd better.We ought to tell them we'll be late. If you don't wear a jacket, you'll catch a cool.You'd better wear a jacket, or you'll catch a cold. If miss the bus, I'll have to stay here. I'd better not miss the bus, or I'll have to stay here.

A.Doris want to spply a job that requires typing, but she can,t type.Z.(lessons)She'd better take typing lessons. Why don't you get more rest ? A.I feel tired all the time. Z.Why don't you try going to bed earlier ? A.I have,but it doesn't help.They why don't you get more exercise ? A.I kno, I should, but I hate to work out. Z.Well, why not swim instead ? You should get more rest = why don't you get more rest ? = why notu get more rest ? Use the infinitive of the verb (without to ) after Why don't you and why not. Why don't I (We;You ) ask for a drink? Why don't I (We;You ) call him ? Why don't I (We;You ) watch the news ? Why not I (We;You ) open it now ? You shold ask for a refund. Why don't you ask for a refund ? or Why not you ask for a refund ? Let's go to mall Friday. Why not go on Saturday ? or Why don't go on Saturday ? 1. You should go to sick call. 2. We should rent a car. 3. We should ask the instructor. 4.You should go to the party. 5. He should read this book. 6. You should take the bus. 1.I need to work out regulary. (weights) Why not lift weights 2.I should buy some exercise equipment.(rent) 3.I haven't had any free time for months.(vacation) A.Hi, paul. How 's going ? Z.All right,Iguess.I haven't really been able to sleep lately. A.Maybe you're not exercising enough. Z.Well, that might be it. I'm usually tyred after class,so I go to the barracks and take a nap. Then I have to do my homework and eat a dinner. I have no time exercise. A I'm not sure b.Yesterday morning, I sneezed for about an hour before I stopped.Now, I'm sneezing again.Do you think I ought to go see a doctor ? Z.It might be an allergy, or it could be the flu.I think it would be a good idea to see a doctor. The past perfect tense expresses an activity that was completed before another activity occurred in the past. The past perfect tense is formated by using had with the past participe or the verb. It is used when you are talkingabout ttwo things that have already happened. He starter the car after they'd fastened their seat belts. I haden't met him before he cam to our class. She had gone inside by the time he tought to ask hir. Jules had already graduated when he mrt Julie. When John sold his car, he had owned it for ten years. The movie had already started by the time Erin arrived. How long______John________his car before he sold it ? How long had John owned his car before he sold it ? He'd owned it for ten years. Who had Elsa seen on Friday before she saw the doctor ?She'd seen the nurse. Had Ed ever cooked anything before tonight ?No, he'd never cookied anything. Study the words. Had asked caused dropper hoped lived moved bought eaten heard seen tought

Had + not = hadn't I had=I'd you had=you'd

he had=he'd

she had=she'd

we had=we'd they had=they'd

BOOK 16 LESSON 2 F. G. to V. When do you salute inside ? You salute inside when you are reporting to an officer. The secretary types the general's letters.The general's letters are typed by the secretary. Jim has got finish this assignment by tomorrow morning.He had been driving for ten years before he got a ticket admiral amiral authority autoritate behavea se comporta behavoir comportament; purtare brigadier general general de brigada chain of command commissioned officer compusory compulsive courtesies courtesy custum obicei generalgeneral; comun; obisnuit have a bath a face baie have got to honor onoare; cinste installation utilaj; instalare; instalatie lieutenant general general locotenent lower half loyal loial; credincios loyality devotament; loialitate major general observe observator(persoana) privilege privilegiu; avantaj rear admiral contraamiral regulation regulament; reglare render a preda; a remite; a da respecta respecta; respect right cinstit; corect; drept salute a da onorul; a saluta; salut sense simt; a simti; minte subordinate a subordona; subordonat; inferior subordinate a subordona; subordonat; inferior upper half upper partea superioara; superio vice admiral vice chairman vicepresedinte junior elev in penultimul an(SUA); junior/jr(adaugat dupa nume); mai tanar/subordonat; student seniority varsta mai mare; vechime mai mare(in munca) honorable titlu dat deputatilor; Honorable, titlu dat nobililor; onorabil; titlu dat primarilor; nobil commissionr membru al unei comisii; imputernicit against contra/langa; impotriva; lipit de

Pasive voice:

Be passive

Subject verb object agent Active voice The secretary types the leers Passive voice The letters are typed (by the secretary) To form the Be passive :Add Be + _ed (past participe to the verb.) Move the object of the sentience to the subject position. Add by to the original subject and move it ot the agent position.The agent may by omited.

1.Letters are tipped by the secretary. 2. All of the mail is answered promptly. 3.The general's full rank is used on letters 4.The general's daily schedule is prepared by the secretary. 5.Meetings are held in the general's office every week. 6.They are attended by the other senior officers. 7.Reports are given and problems are discussed. 8.Missing the mating is not recommended. He said to tell you When you see Lee, tell him that his vehicle is repaired and the keys are with the cachier. Lee, your vehicle is fixed, and the keys are with the cashier. ` 1. Colonels and generals are senior officers. 2.Lieutenants and captains are junior officers. 3.The rank of warrant officers is between the NCO and commissioned officer ranks. 4.An officer who is saluted must return the salute Promptly. A. Are you studying the lesson about military courtesy ? Z .No, I'm reading the next one. It's about military customs. A.I taught customs and courtesies where the same things. Z. They're very similar. we have got to observe both of them .If we don't follow them, we'll get in trouble. A.Then what's the difference between the two ? Z.Courtesy is polite behavoir, like opening doors for people, and begin quiet when someone else is talking.In the military, courtesy is required .Some examples of military courtesy are standing up when an officer enters the barracks and taking your hat off when you're indoors. A.When can you retire form the Navy ? Z.I have the right to retire after 20 years of service. A.Can I wear a gold chain with my uniform ? Z. No, you can't. It's against regulations. A.Do I have to wear my seat belt when I dtive on the base ? Z.Yes, Everyone has got to. It's compulsory. A.I don't want to talk to Colonel Baker. I'm going straight to general with this problem. Z.Please see the Colonel first. He's the first one in your chain of command. You'll be sorryif you don't folow the chain. I must =(have to;=have got to ) cash a check. A.Do you want to go to the mall with me ? Z.Yes, but I've go to cash a check first. A. That's okay.I have to stop at the bank too.

A.Can the childern go swimming ? Z.It's not safe now. They just ate lunch. A.Sorry, kids. You've go to wait a while. A.When do we have go be at the airport ? Z.We need to be there by three o'clock. A.Then we've got to leave right away. A.Janet missed the math test this morning . Z.She's luky. A.Not really. She's got to take it tomorrow. What do you have to do this afternoon ? I've got ot go to BX. What do you have to do tomorrow ? I've got to meet a friend at the airport. Could you tellme agaih.? A.Sir, could you tell me again when to render a salute ? Z. You asalute whenever you meet ao officer outside; when a military vehicle passes by with officers inside ; and when you report to an officer. The soldiers had been The tourists had been Ted and Bob haden't marching for hours before dinner. napping during the raing storm. watchig TV was shopping. ..now

1980 1999 Dan starting driving he got a ticket Dan had been driving for 19 years before he got a ticket. Carol went to sleep at 10:00p.m. The telephone rang at 11:00 p.m. Could had been sleeping for an hour when the telrpphone rang.

Joe starting workig on his car Friday .He finally fixed it Sunday. By the time Joe fixed his car, he had been working on it for three days. A.Larry finally found a job. Z.How long had he been looking for one ? A.The boys lost their tennis math yesterday. Z.Had they been practicing enough ? A.Mark hadn't been folowing the doctor's orders?

Z. What had he been doing wrong .

BOOK 16 LESSON 3 F. Would you rather see an opera or ballet? I'd rather see a ballet. Do you prefer hunting to finishing ? No, I prefer finishing rather than hunting. Which would you like thre red one on the blue one ? Oh, I'd like the blue one. I hate red. G. Do you prefer jogging to running ? No, I prefer running. She would rather go to Dallas than to Houston. Wich shou would you rather see ? I'd rather see the comedy. Were the roads dangerous to drive on ?Yes, they were very dangerous to drive on. Why was the modern drama so hard to understand ? V. act dislike fight\fought\fought perform hate preferto quit\quit\quit stand would rather antique classical close to either furthermore kind likewise modern musical neither rather than scary serious actor actress adventure comedy concert drama

humotr musical musician opera orchestra performance play ballet row rock seat stage symphony theater type walk 1. I like to go the theatre downtown because They showw Spanish movies. 2.Bill always enjoyed comedies because he likes laugh.Jill prefers dramas because she thinks they're true to life. 3.Laura likes the seats in the front row but I would rather sit in a row faether back.Hal likes either place, front or back. 4.The actor and actress performed in a play that had a serious message about life. 5.The movie was a adventure rather than a humorous one. 6.His perforformance had rhe type of humor that serious people hate. 7.Many modern theaters today don't have stages.The play are acted in the round. 8. I tnhink so,too .I like adventure stories but I prefer to see them in a movie.They can do more exciting things on film than on the stage of the theater. But a comedy is great for a stage performance. 9.Npt me ! I dislike rok music.There's nothing I like about it.I like classic music,and there symphony tonight,and I plan to go.We have a reallygood symphony orchestra inthis city made up of fine musicians.You ought to go with me and hear some really good music.It would save your ears too. I prefer meat to chicken. You prefer boating to skiing. He(She) prefers tea rather than coffee. We(They) prefer to ride rather than walk. 1.A.Which do you prefer, steak or chicke? Z.I prefer steak to chicken. A.Do you prefer rice to potatoes ?Z.Yes, I do.I prefer rice. A.I don't. I prefer potatoes rather than rice. A.I prefer to fly rather than drive. Z.I prefer plane travel to car travel, too. It's faster. A.Do you prefer pie to cake ? Z. No, I prefer cake.A.Really ?I would prefer pie rather than cake.

A.Tell me what kind of weather you prefer. Z.I prefer cold weather to hot weather. A.Do you prefer big cars to littlr cars ? Z.No, I prefer little cars.Little care are eaiser to drive. A.Almost everyone seems to prefer little cars rather than big ones. A Do you prefer buying to renting ? Z.Yes I prefer renting to buying.I like to move around. A.I prefer to walk downtown rather than drive. Z.I prefer walking to driving ,too. A. I prefer to watch tennis rather than play. Z.I prefer playing to watching. I love to game. Do you prefer meat to chicken ? Yes, I prefer meat to chiken. No, I prefer chiken to meat. Do you prefer tea rather than coffee ? Yes, I prefer tea rather than coffee. No,I prefer coffee rather to tea. Do you prefer to ride rather to walk ? Yes, I prefer to ride rather to walk. No, I prefer to walk rather than ride. Would you rather.? Would yi\you rather see a ballet than opera ? No,I.d rather see an opera than a ballet. Which shou would you rather see, the adventure show or the comedy ? I'd rather see the comedy than the adventure show. We're going downtown this weekend. Do you want to ca\ome ? I'd rather not go this weekend. I have to study. Would you rather cook than potatoes ? Yes, I'd rather cook rice than potatoes. I'd rather you visit tonight ,Mary or Sally ? I'd rather visit Sally than Mary tonight. I'd rather see a movie A.Do you want to go see that new playor a movie ? Z.I'd rather go see a monie. A.How about that new comedy Space Cadets ?

Z.Good idea !I 'd like to see something funny. Awould you rether see a opera or a ballrt ? Z>Well, I'd like both. A.Yeach, but which do you prefer when you have make a choice ? Z. I prefer to see a ballet. I like a dancing. A.What do you think about that anticue car over there ? I think It's wonderful ! Z. It.s nice, but I like modern cars Better than old ones . A. Oh, yeah.What type of car do you like ? Z.Usually the ones I can't affrod. I'd laike to have fish A.What do you prefer, fish or chiken ? Z. I prefer fish. A.What would you rather have , fish or chiken ? Z.I'd rather have fish. A.What would you like, fish or chiken ? I'd like to have fish. BOOK 16 LESSON 4 F. G. Can you play and musical instruments ?Yes, I play the piano and the guitar. Barb doest play well enough to be the team.Too many students drink too much coffee. Did Harry apply for the job ? Yes, heres his application a aranja; a regla assemble figure out a socoti; a calcula; a pricepe key in put together a totaliza; a uni shut a inchide; a desparti \took\taken aparat for example dumb mut; posac; tacut incapable neputincios; incapacitate; nepotrivit inteligent ability abilitate; capacitate battery acumulator; baterie drum a bate toba; toba; cilindru glasses ochelari piano pian

V. adjust be unable to install print replace \shut\shut off capable lend a hand enough

a inscauna; a instala; a monta a tipari; a publica a inapoia; a inlocui; a restitui a izola; a intrerupe capabil a da o mana de ajutor destul; suficient intelligent smart a ustura; usturator air conditioner aer conditionat computer computer; calculator experience experienta instrument unealta; instrument

printer typewriter

tipograf masina de scris

radiator violin

radiator vioara; violina

put\put\put trecut/part.trecut de la put; a instala; a pune take a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca shut\shut\shut down a inchide(o intreprindere); a lasa in jos(transperant) key cheie; tasta; clapa; cheia exercitiilor; solutie; tonalitate (muzica) keyboard tastatura; claviatura; tablou de comanda; clape screen a fi ecranizat; ecran; paravan; adapost date a data(o scrisoare); curmala; termen; data handle a face negot cu; coada; a manevra; maner; toarta; a rezolva; a trata; a discuta; copy a copia; copie; exemplar; a imita; reproducere puzzle a fi nedumerit; a-si framanta(mintea); enigma; joc de cuvinte lucky norocos; favorabil A. Good morning, Brian .Hows it going ? Z. Well , Im only hour late. Things could be worse. A .Did you have a problem this morning ? Z.I sure did ! First, the door handle on my car broke, an then my dumb car wouldnt start. A. Do you know whats wrong with it yet ? Z .no yet. It seems to be electrical. Probably the battery think Ill have to replace it. Its about four yars old. A .If they only install a battery,youre lucky. Electrical problems are had to figure out and can be very expensive to repair. Z. Yeah , I suppose. How hard can the te installation of a battery be ? I mean, they just put one in ,right ? A .Right. No problem. And installation is usually free. A. What was the problem ? The battery ? Z. Yes ,sir. We installed a new one and the car starts just fine. A. Thats good news. Z. Yes , sir, but Ive found some other problems. A. What else has us wrong ? Z.Your diator has a small leak.Its large enough to cause much trouble yet.but pretty soon youre going to start losing a lot water. A.Will you have to install a new one .The battery, the radiator, and the air conditioner! Fix the radiator, but not the air conditioner.Just put it together again.Its time to sell this limon. A. Are you going to take it to a mechanic ? Z.No, Ill just take it to base auto repair shop next Saturday and do the work myself.T think I can adjust a few things and fix it. They have all the machines and tools Ill need. A.wish I knew how to handle all thoese thinks, but I guess Im too dumb to operate them.Im incapable of doing thihgs like that. I dont have thre ability. Z.Yes.you do, Brian.Anyone is capable of doing it.Im sure you can do it,too. Come with me next Saturday.Ill show you how.

Unable to I am\ was unable to fix it. He ( She) is\ was unable to fix it. We (You; They) are \ were unable to fix it. Sue isnt able to install the battery. is unable to install the battery. cant install the battery. Frank wasnt able to to install the battery. was unable to install the battery. couldnt install the battery. Kate cant figure out the puzzle. Kate is unable to figure out the puzzle Lee couldnt put the data together for the meeting. Lee was unable to put the data together for the meeting. Enough. Im dirty enough to take a shower. Jim couldnt jog fast enough to catch Bill. Do you swim regularly enough to keep fit ? 1.Billy is old enough this summer to get a job. 2.Barb doesnt play well enough to be on team. 3.Can Mark sing well enough to get a part in the party ? 4.Lena drove slowly enough for us to see the flowers that are growing by the road. 5.The coffee tasted bitter enough to make Jan sick. 6.The speech was boring enough to put Helen to sleep. 7.Did he drive cautiously enough for to feel confortable? 8. Are the pictures close enough for you the to see them ? Rob is slow.He cant catch me ! Rob isnt fast enough to catch me ! Many Count nouns are things that be counted Noncount nouns are things that cant be counted. lessons information showers rain dollars money spoons sugar cups coffee glasses water minutes time people news

To many is used to express more than enough .Use too many with count nouns. too many soft drinks He drinks too many soft drinks in a day.

Too much also means more than enough. Use too much noncount nouns.

not too many students There arent too many students in this scool. too much many A new car costs too much money. not too much information He dident give me too much information to give you. A.Does you son know how to drive ? No, he doesnt.Hes only twelve years old. Can you get that map off the top shelf ? No, I can.t Im not tall enough. Do you know how to change a tire ?Sure I kow . I thought everyone did. Can you install a radio in my new truk ? Yes, I can do it . It will cost you twenty dollars. Can we go finishing Saturday ? We can go only if it doesnt rain. + ation apply cancel continue examine imageine invite prepare recommended + ation + ation ation ation ation + ation ation ation application cancellation continuation examination imagination invitation preparation recommendation

+ + + + +

Did the doctor examine himthis morning ? Yes, his examination was at 10:00 oclok. Are you going to invite the whole class to the party ?Yes, Ill mail the invitations tumorrow. Are they prepared for a large group of people ? Yes, and they complreted all the preparations. Did the boss recommanded Pete for the job ? No, his recommandation was for Mike to get the job.

You take a trip-travel agency This telephone ha buttons. It's a push button phone. You push buttons to call. We want to go to Maiami. We want to take a trip to Miami. Visit your travel agency for long trips. Travel agents help their customers. Select the airline for airplane trips. Then buy a ticket for the trip. Call your travel agent or an airline to make plane reservations. Pick up the ticket at the travel agency. Pack your suitcases. Ann went to the store and came back. She is here now. They went to Miami last year. They want to go back. Linda went back to New York after few days. Ann went to the store and returned in thirsty minutes. I to want return this book to the library. I have a round trip ticket to Augustan. I want to come back tomorroow. Making reservations - World Airlines, may help you? - Yes, I want to make a reservation, please. I want to go to Maim on the 5th of October. -Do you want to go in the morning, in the afternoon, or in the evening? -In the afternoon. -We have two flights in the afternoon. The first flight departs at 3:00 p.m. and arrives at 9:00. The second one departs at 4:00 p.m. and arrives in Miami at 2:00. -I wants the one at 3:300. Can you tell me the times again? -Okay. It is Flight o98 and it departs at the 3:300 p.m. from San Antonio. It arrives in Miami at 9:10. Do you want a one-way or a round-trip ticket? -A round-trip ticket. How much is it? -$456, Okay. I am making the reservation for you right now. You can pick up your ticket tomorrow. --Can I pick up the day after tomorrow? -Yes, you can pick it up any time after tomorrow. -Thank you. - Thank you for calling World Travel Agency. -Western Airlines. May I help you? -I want to make a reservation to New York, please. -When do you want leave? -The last Friday of the month. _Morning and afternoon? -After 22:00 in the afternoon.

-Flight 67 leaves at 4:45 p.m. When does it arrive in New York? -Arrival time is 10:45 p.m. -Okay. Put me on that flight. Linda's trip Linda lives in New York. She wants to take a trip to San Antonio. She wants to visit her friend, Mary. Last week, Linda made reservations. She called Globe Travel Agency. Linda is an old customers of this agency. The agents know Linda well. Linda picked up her ticket yesterday. Right now she's packing her suitcases.

W R I T I N G
A. The following dialog is between a clerk in travel agency and a woman customer. Make all
the chances necessary to produce, from the notes below, a complete dialog. The first sentence has been done for you as an example: CLERK: I / help / you ? = May I help you ? WOMAN: Yes / I / like / flight / Rio.
1. Yes, Id like to take a flight to Rio.

CLERK: When / you / intend / travel ? 2. When do you intend to travel ? WOMAN: As / soon / possible. No later / than / end / this / week. 3. As soon as possible. But no later than the end of this week. CLERK: Well / that / be / difficult / this time / year / unless / you be very lucky. 4. Well, that will be difficult at this time of the year, unless you are very lucky. WOMAN: But / it be / absolutely / essential / I / get / there / end / this week. 5. But its absolutely essential that I get there by the end of this week. CLERK: All right / I / do / what / I can. You like / sit down ?
6. All right Ill do what I can. Would you like to sit down ?

WOMAN: No / I / be / back / half an hour.

7. No, Thank you, Ill be back in half an hour. 8. All right. I will probably by then. May I have your name ?

CLERK: All right / I / probably / know / then. / I / have / your name ?

B. Situation: In an effort to increase participation, the organizing committee of the Winter Carnival
has decided to ask for suggestions before organizing this years activities.
WINTER CARNIVAL 1. Winter Carnival this year will take place from 14 Feb to 21 Feb. 2. All personnel are invited to contribute suggestions for sports or social activities they would like to have as part of this years winter carnival. Please send written suggestions to Sgt. Caribo, in Room B 120 in the Sports Complex, by 1 Jan. 3. A complete schedule of activities will be available by Feb 7. All personnel are encouraged to participate.

Instructions:

1) Read

note written to remind one of something / an information written communication)

the above memo (Short

2) Write a memo to Sgt. Caribo with three or four suggestions for activities using 40-50 words.

To Sgt. Carilo, Room B-120 / SPORTS COMPLEX Here are my suggestions for some sports and social activities. First, for sports I thought about some popular winter sports, such as: skiing, skating, snowboarding, sleighing. Second, for social activities I thought of the following entertaining activities: - a fancy dress party every night. During these parties there could be short fanny contests. The winners could be awarded prizes. - rock bands could be invited to perform on the stage set in Poiana Brasov. - a contest karaoke could also be organized on the other stage. Sgt. Popa .....................................................................................................................................................

C. Choose one of the situations below. Prepare a short note (40-50 words) giving all the information
requested. Situations 1: You are leaving for one weeks vacation. Write a note to your roommate asking him / her to do three things (e.g. water plants, cancel appointment, etc.). Make sure you include all the information. You must also leave information on how you can be reached in case of emergency. Situations 2: You ordered an article from a catalog. It arrived in bad condition. You return the article with a note explaining what is wrong and what you want them to do. There are at least three things wrong with it. Situations 3: Your sister is coming to visit you for a week. Unfortunately you will be away for the first two days. A close friend has offered to show her around the area. Write a note telling your friend two things you would like him to show her, and one thing you dont want him to do and why. Al, Ill be away for a week vacation far this bored place. I want to relax, to forget everything that reminds me about my job. I worked hard for a year, and now I want to enjoy myself, during this vacation. Okay, but now Id like want to ask you something. When I went out I left my cat with my left neighbor, Mr. White. Please call on him to take her, and then water plants, open the windows of the kitchen and bathroom. Dont forget to feed the cat at least once a day, and look after her. Then, call Jane and cancel the Fridays appointment with her, and apologize to her on my behalf. At last in case of emergency if you really need me, you can call me at this phone number 555 12345.

Take care, Jimmy ..................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... .....................................................................................................................................................

D. Chose one of the situations below and follow the instructions.

Situations 1: You were outside your local bank when two robbers ran out and drove away. You saw one of the robbers quite clearly. He looked a little like Arnold Schwarzenegger. You didnt intervene. The police have asked for a written description. Include aspects such as height, weight, build, face, hair, and clothing. Situations 2: You put your gym bag beside your car when you were unlocking it. You drove away without realizing that you had not picked it up. Two hours later you returned but it was no longer there. The police asked you to write a description of the bag and of its contents (at least four items). Situations 3: Your friend is going to visit you at your country house. Since there are no street numbers, it is necessary to describe the building. There are several other houses nearby. Write a note to your friend describing the house itself, the neighborhood and the yard. Hi John, When you want to call on me you can arrive at my house like this: if you come from north, you must go straight ahead on the mine road to the center of the village. Then turn left on into the old lane. You must go about 200 yards. My house is on the right side. It has a green fence and a red high iron gate. The other neighbor dont have green fences. Then, we have a large yard in front of the house with beautiful neat lawn. Right next to the house we have two rows of roses. We also have an old oak at the back of the house. The house is not too high but it has a lot of windows and doors. Its roof is red and fairly high. If you come from south you will not find me! By ! See you soon, Bill. ..................................................................................................................................................... .....................................................................................................................................................

E. Explanations
Situations 1: Your friend is going to the gym today but you arent. You would like to get your joggers from your locker. Leave a note for your friend, explaining how to open your combination number lock (at least three steps). Situations 2: Your parents are coming to visit you and will go straight to your apartment before you get back from work. You tell them you leave the key under flowerpot. Unfortunately your lock

doesnt work very well. Write a short note to your parents explaining the technique you use to open the door (at least three steps). Hi ma and daddy, Key is under the flowerpot. Be careful the lock doesnt work properly. Follow my instructions: - first, put the key into the lock; - second, pull the knob and hold it like this; - third, turn the key to the left once and leave the knob; - then, turn the key once again to the left; - finally, push the knob and door will open (enter the room, apartment). By, I kiss you. Your sun Ricky. ..................................................................................................................................................... F. Complete the following dialogs.
Maria and Franz are doing an English course. They are now having a coffee break between classes.

Franz: Do you speak German ? Maria: Yes, German and little bit of Italian. Franz: Have you ever been to Germany ? Maria: Yes, once. To Berlin. Franz: did you like it ? Maria: Yes, its a great city. So many things to see. Franz: Are you here for the first time ? Maria: No, its the second time. I spent two weeks in London last summer. Franz: What do you think about our teacher ? Maria: She seems very friendly and her lessons are interesting. Franz: Why are you doing this course ? Maria: I want to pass the proficiency exams. Franz: Why do need to pass these exams ? Maria: In my country you can become a teacher of English if you have this certificate. Franz: Do you really want to become a teacher of English ? Maria: Yes, I like children and I find teaching exciting. Why are you learning English?

ADVERBS

ALREADY / STILL / YET / ANYMORE / ANY LONGER / NO LONGER We use already to say something happened before now or before this time. It is used in questions and and afirmative statements.

Ed already has a high school diploma. Mr. Smith is already here. Are they already in elementary school ?

We use still to say that a situation is continuing. It usually goes in the middle of the sentence with the verb. It is used in questions and in affirmative and negative statements. Ed still doesnt have a college degree. It was warm zesterdaz, and its still warm today. Are you still waiting ?

We use yet to ask or talk about something that did not happen before now, but might in the future. It goes at the end of the sentence. It is used in quqestions and negative statements. Im very hungry. Is dinner ready yet ? Can you wait ten minutes ? John isnt here yet.

We use anymore, any longer, and no longer to say that a past situation does not exist. Anymore and any longer are used in questions and negative statements. They go at the end of the sentence. Is he in high school anymore / any longer ? She isnt in the Army anymore / any longer. No longer is used in affirmative statements. It goes in the middle of the sentence with the verb. He is no longer a student. She no longer works at night.

At the post office -Excuse me, can you tell me how to make a phone-call to France? -Well, first you dial the code for France, than your area code and then the local number.

-I tried that at least six times, but I couldnt get through. -You know that you have to dial the area code without the 0 at the beginning? -Oh, I didnt know that .That explains it. -Thank you very much.

-Id like to send these letters to France. -How much dose it cost? -To France? Thats 89 pence. Make up sentences using the following cues: Do you cash travelers cheques? -change foreign currency? -sell picture postcards? -sell special stamps?

No, I am sorry, we dont. You have to go to a bank. -stationers. -main post office. 1.What can people do at the post office? What do you go to the post office for? -buy stamps\postcard\envelopes -send letters\telegrams\money order\parcels(colet; pachet ) -draw a state\old age pension -buy\renew a television\radio license -make telephone calls -deposit\windrow money the post office bank 2.Who is in charge of the post office? 3.When do you send postcards and when do you send letters to your friends\relatives? 4.Where do you drop the letter after you have written it and put it in the envelope? 5.How many collections a day are there in a big town? 6.How do you do usually send letters? 7.Which is the cheapest\quickest\safest way? -by surface mail -by registered post -by air mail -by recorded delivery Letters arrive more quickly by registered post card compensation is offered in case of loss damage. Documents and papers of little or no monetary value may by send recorded delivery. 8.What happens to the letters whose receivers are unknown? 9.They are either returned to the sends or carried to the dead-letter office. 10.What must you do if you want to send a telegram? -get a telegram form -fill in the form with capital letters. 11.When the people send telegram? 12.What details must be filled in on a postal order form? -the payees name and and address -the senders name and address

-the amount to by send 13.What does the post office clerk do when you want to send a parcel? -weigh it on the scales -seal it with wax -give you a receipt

1. How you can you make a local telephone call from a public telephone box\call-box? -look up the number in the directory -lift\pick up the receiver -drop the coin into slot -dial the number -hang up the receiver 2. What kind of trunk calls can you make from your town? -direct turn calls -dial the operator to ring the number for you 3. When are these phrases used? You are wanted on the phone. The line is busy\engaged. You are through. I'll ring you back later. Hold the line. 4. Do you prefer a party-line telephone a private line? Hold on, please. Can you leave a message? Sorry. Wrong number. Who is (that) speaking? This Mary speaking.

At the restaurant -The Continental Restaurant. Good afternoon. please? -Yes, sir. When for? -And what time, please? -Can I have your name, please? Thank you. Goodbye. -Good evening, sir. A table for two? -What was the name, please? -Ah, yes, sir. Over here, please. -Waiter can we have the menu, please? -Good afternoon. An reserve a table for two, -For tomorrow evening. -Eight o'clock. -Smith. -Goodbye. -Yes, I phoned yesterday. -Smith. -Yes, sir. I'll bring it right away.

-Excuse me, Miss, can you bring us the wine list? Here you are. _We'd like to order. -I'd like tomato soup. -I'd like roast chicken, please. -And what would you like to drink? -A glass red wine for me, please. -What's your steak like? -It's not bad. -This meal's excellent. -It's not very good. -It's cold.

-Yes, certainly, madam.

-Yes, sir. What would you like to start with? -Two tomato soups. And to follow? -And I'll have lamb chops. -I think I'll have a pint of larger. -Thank you. -It's very nice. And yours? -What about yours? -Why not?

- Hello John. Long time no see. How are you keeping then? -Oh, I am very well a thanks. In addition, you? -Not so bad, thanks. -Come and have a drink and a game of darts. -Ok. Thanks. -I'll have a pint of mild. -A pint of bitter and a pint of mild, please. (Pint-Maseru pt licked) -Good evening, Bill. How are you? Can I get you a drink? -Oh, all right. Thanks a lot. -I'll have a pint of bitter, please. -Here you are, sir. -Really, sir? -Oh, I'm terribly sorry. My mistake. -Excuse me, Miss. This knife is dirty. right away. -Hello, Franck. Nice to see you. -No, have one on me. -What are you having? -Oh, that's not what I ordered. -No, I ordered fish, not steak. -I'll bring your fish right away. -Oh, I'm sorry, madam. I'll get you clean one

-Is everything all right, sir? -Well, the steak's a bit tough. -Is it? I'm terribly soryy. I'll have a word the cook. Eating out in the America Eating out in the United Sates offers a wide range of places to suit any taste or pocket. In most hotels, especially in the city centers you will find a lot of high-class restaurant with international dishes. Restaurants serving simpler dishes can be fond outside these centers or along the main highways. In drive-in-restaurants you are served in your car by waiters or waitresses who are called, carhop".

There are also a great number of foreign restaurants that serve their national food. Such places offer food at reasonable prices. At the top of the scale, both as regards decorations, atmosphere and price, are the gastronomes, supper clubs, and nightclub. Such (astral de; cutter; Sa; Sa cum) places often require the men to wear jackets and ties. If you want a less expensive meal, try the coffee shop, which offer a wide range meals, or one of the many sidewalk cafes or snack bars where smile meals can be had either with waiter service or self-service. If you are in a hurry, there is the so-called short order or quick service restaurants, where you can get a meal without a long wait. Giving directions Excuse me, please. Where's the railaway station? The railaway station? It's over there on the left. Thank you. Excuse me. Where's the post office? Go straight on an turn right into King Street. The post office is next to Sioli's Caf on your right. Where's the Station Hotel, please? It's in Market Lane. Turn at the bookshop, and the Station Hptel's opposite the cinema. Excuse me. Where's the tourist information office? Go down Station Road. The tourist information office is on your left next to the station. Excuse me. Where's the nearest bank? There's one the in King Street. Sorry? There's one in King Street. Go Straight on here, turn right at the bus stop, and the bank's on your left. Thank you. IS there supermarket near here? Yes, there's on in the Town Street. Turn right at the corner. Excuse me, please. Where's the nearest phone-box? There's one in Park Road, the third street on the right. Excuse me. Where's New Street? It's the second on the left. Is there a police station near here? Sorry, I don't know. I'm a stranger here, too.

Is this London Brigde? Yes, it is. And what's that over there? That's Tower Bridge. Excuse me, does this bus go to the National Theatre? No, it doesn't. You want the 78. Excuse me, with is the bus to the National Theatre? Take 68. Thanks a lot. Excuse me, how I get to the National Theater? I think you have to take the 69. Thank you. Excuse me, how do you get to St. Paul's? You take the Central Line from here. It's many stops is it? It's the fourth station. Thank you. How do I get to Heathrow, please? First take the Victoria Line and then Picadilly Line. Oh, do I have to change? Yes, you have to get off at Green Park and change to the Picadilly Line. Thanks a lot. Excuse me, where can I get pullovers? Pullovers are on the first floor, madam. Excuse me, do you sell dictionaries? Yes, sir, dictionaries and books are on the second floor. Thank you. Where can I get newspapers and magazines, please? Thery're on the floor next the travel agency. Where can I find postcards, please? Postcards are on the ground floor madam. Do you sell stamps, too? No, we don't. You can get stamps at the post office in King's Road. Hello, Mrs Johnes. Hello, Mrs Palmer.

Have you been te the sales yet? Yes, I have. I went to town with my husband yesterday. And did you buy anything? Yes, we bought some shoes for the children and pullover for John. Have you ever tored their tomato soup? Yes, I have. I bought some last week. What was it like? It was quite good. The children liked it. Have you ever bought their baked beans? Yes, I have. We tired them a couple of days age. But they weren't very good. We didn't like them. Hello John. How are you? Not, so bad, thanks. By the way, have you heard anything from Tom? He wanted the buy a new car.Has he bought one yet? Yes, he has. He bought it last week. Are you going in the town? Yes,. Can I get you anything? Well, could you bring me a pound of cheese? Oh, and would you get me some liver? How much? A pound will be enough. I think. How much do I owe you for the liver? 60 p. Gone up again. Prices are terrible these days! Yes, they really are. As bold as lion-curajos ca unleu As good as gold- bun ca piinea calda As changeableas weather- schimbator ca vremea As drink as lord- beat crita As quet as amouse- tacut ca un peste As tall as lamp-post -inalt cit o prajina As poor asa church mouse- sarac lipit pamintului As sober as judge- perfect treaz As timid as a hare- fricos ca un iepure As silly as a sheep- prost ca oaia As light as a feather- usor ca un fulg As mute as fish- tacut ca un peste As pale as death- palid ca un mort

Going shopping A becker sell bread and cakes. A butcher sells meat, mice and chickens. A milkman sella dairy products. A grocer sells groceries (flour, rice, sugar ). A greengrocer sells fruit and vegetables. A bookseller sells books. A tobacconist sells tobacco, cigars, cigarettes. Paper, pencil and ballpoints are sold at the stationer's. The goods are lied out on the counters. These goods are for sale. The people selling the goods are the shopassistans. Regular buyers are called customers. The departments are different floors. They sell ready-to-wear clothes. Supermarkets are big food stores. The price is stamped on the things you buy. When you have bought something you get a bill. You can pay at the cash-desk. Stockings, tights and socks are sold in the hosiery department. A chemist sells toothpaste, cosmetics and soap as well as medicines. A large shop selling all kinds of goods is a department store. Chain-stores are stores where a variety of goods are offered-displayed on open counters. On the label of the product you generally find weight or size. When an article is good and very cheap we say it's a bargain. Her clothes are up to date, she is dressed in the latest fashion. Answer the following questions. Do you like to go shopping? Do you do your shopping in a department store or do you prefer to go shopping to smaller shops? Do shop-windows influence in your choice? Are the periods before holidays a good or bad time for shopping? Are women more interested infashion ran men or it the other way round? Read the following dialogues. -Excuse me, do you sell dictionaries? -Yes, sir, dictionaries and books are on the second floor. -Where can I get newspapers and magazines, please? agency. -Where can I find postcards, please? -What do you think of this green blouse? -It's too large. Have they got s amaller one? -Hmm, that's all right. How much is it? $6.30. -They're on the floor next the travel

-Postcards are on the ground floor, Madam. -Hmm, it's very nice. But it's not my size. -Yes, try this one. -It's not very expensive. It's only

The big store Most of the food stores, called supermarkets, operate on the self-service system: you go in, pick up a basket, walk round the shop and chose what you want. At the exit there is a check-out point, a cash-desk where you pay for all your goods together.

The big store of London are vast buildings, equipped with speedy lift and escalator, with wellplanned lighting, ventilation and heating. Another feature of Londons shopping life is the chainstores, in which the goods are displayed on open counters. The Tailor and the Dressmaker This morning I've been to my tailor's to order a new suit: coat, waistcoat and trousers. My tailor always has an excellent stock of materials to chose from and I think I've chosen what'll be the most suitable for my purpose. I've had my measurement taken and I'm going again in a fortnight's time for the first fitting. After I've tired the suit on, the tailor will probably fin necessary to make a few alterations, buttons, and he'll mark the place for pockets, buttons and buttonholes. Then he'll ask me to return later on for a final fitting, just Tom make sure that suit fits really well. When the suit's ready, I shall pay for it and get a receipt. Read the following dialogues -Hello, Mrs. Johns. -Hello, Mrs. Palmer. -Have you been to the sales yet? -Yes, I have. I went to town with my husband yesterday. -And did you buy anything? -Yes, we bought some shoes or the children and a pullover for John. -Are you going into town? -Well, could you bring me a pound of cheese? -Oh, and would you get me some liver? -A pound will be enough, I think. -How much do I owe you for the liver? -Gone up again! Prices are terrible these days! -Can I help you, madam? -Yes, madam. What size. -And what color? -Yes, what about these? -Yes, certainly. Over here, please. -Yes, madam. Try these. - They're $32. -Yes. Can I get you anything? -Yes, of course. -How mach?

-60 p. -Yes, they relay are.

-Yes, I'd like a pair of jeans, please. -Thirty, T think. -Have you got any black ones? - They're very nice. Can I try them on? -I likes them, but they are too large. Have you got any smaller ones? -They're fine. How much are they?

-Good morning, can I help you' -Yes, I hope so. I've come to complain about this radio I bought here yesterday. -What wrong with it? -There's something wrong with the short wave. I can get stations on medium wave and long wave all right, but not on short wave. -Let me have a look at it. Well, you're quite right. It does not work. Have you receipt? -Yes, here you are.

-Thank you .Well well send it back and have it repaired for you. -No, Id rather exange it for a new one right away or have my money back, please. -I've got complaint about this shirt I bought yesterday. -Oh, I am got home I found a spot the front. -Could I have a look? - Yes, of course. Here you are. -Oh, yes. You're right. Shall I get a new one? -Yes, please

Grammar

Scrie! Nu scrie! Ce scrii acum? Cui scrii? i scriu lui John? Nu-i scriu lui Peter. i scrii des lui Peter? Eu niciodat nu ascriu scrisori. Nu-mi place s scriu scrisori. Ai scris scrisoarea? El tocmai a scris-o. Ai scris-o deja? Eu nu am scris-o inca. Ai scris vreodat o scrisoare? El nu a scris niciodat o scrisoare. Eu am scris doua scrisori pna acum. E prima oara cnd scriu o scrisoare. Cte scrisori ai scris saptamna aceasta? De ct timp scrii? Nu scriu de mult vreme. El scrie de o jumatate de ora. El scrie de la 8.30. Cnd ai scris scrisoarea? I-ai scris asear? Cnd ai scris ultima scrisoare? I-am scris acum dou ore. Nu am scris nici o scrisoare spt. trecut. Cui i scriai cnd eu team sunat? Nu scriam o scrisoare. Pe vremuri scriam scrisori, acum nu. letters.

Write! Don't writer! What do you writing now? Who are you writing to? I'm writing to Jhon? I'm not writing toPeter. How often do you writing to Peter? I never write letters. I don't like writing letters. Have you written the letter? He has just written it. Have you already written it? He hasn't written it. Have you ever written a letter? He has never written a letter. I have written two letters so far. It is the first time I have written a letter. How many letters have written this week? How long have you been writing? I haven't been writing long time. He has been writing for half an hour. He has been writing since 8:30. When did you write the letter? Did you write to her last night? When did you last write the leter? I wrote to her two hours ago. I didn't write an letter last week. How were writing to when you I called? I wasn't writing a letter. (Once) Many years ago I used to write the

Scriam in fiecare sptmn. Te-am spus c am scris-o deja. Cnd ai intrat eu scriam de o jumtate de or. an hour. Intentionez s-i scriu disear. Intentionez s-o scriu disear.

I would write every week. I told you I have already written it. When you come in, I had writing for half

I am writing the letter tonight. I am going to writing tonight. I think I will write it tonight. Nu, o voi scrie mine. I won't write it tomorrow. S nu deranjezi la ora 5.00.El voi scrie n acel timp. Don't disturb at 5:00. He will be writing at the time. Eu voi scrie scrisoarea mine. I will be writeing leter tomorrow. Pn la ora 5.00 termin de scris scrisoarea. By 5:00 I will have written the letter. Mi-ai promis c ai s-mi scrii astzi. You promised you would write it today. CAN Pot s scriu o scrisoare n englez? Ai putut s-i scrii ieri? N-am putut s-i scriu n ultima vreme. lately. Dar voi putea mine. S-ar putea s-I scriu disear. Ai fi putut s-mi scrii, de ce nu mi-ai scris? it you? Ar putea s scrie acum. Imposibil scrie acum. E imposibil ca el s-mi fi scris. May mi permit s-o scriu eu. Lui nu i s-a permis s-o scrie. Mi se v a permite s scriu dup amiaz. El s-ar putea s scrie scisori acum. S-ar putea s-ti scriu mai trziu. Ai fi putut s-mi scrii, de ce nu mi-ai scris? didn't Must Trebuie s-o scrii astzi. De ce trebuie s-o scrii astzi? A trebuit s-i scriu ieri. De ce a trebuit s-o scrii? N-a trbuit s-i scriu scrisori n ultima vreme. Va trbui s-i scriu mine. Musn't You must write it today. Why do I have writen it today? I have to write to him yesterday. Why did you have write to? I haven't had to write leters lately. I will have to him write tomorrow. May I write it? Hwe wasn't allowed permitted to write it. I will be allowed to write letter afternoon. He may/might be writing letters now. I may/ might write to you late. You may/might have written to me, why you? I can write a letter in English. Could you write to him yesterday? I haven't been able to to write to him But I will be able to writw it tomorrow. I could write to you tonight. You couldhave written to me, why didn't He could be writing new. He can't be writing now. He coulden't /can t have written to me.

i interzic s-I scrii. Nu trebuie s-I scrii, poi s-i scrii mine. it tomorrw.

You musn't write to him. I don't have to write to him today, you can write You don/t need to writw to it today. You needen/t write to him today. Eu nu trebuia s-o fi scris-o ieri dar am scris-o. I needn't have written it yesterday, bur did. Nu trebuia s-o scrii ieri. I diden't have to write it yesterday. I know it and I diden/t. El probabil (sigur) c scrie acum. El probabil a scris srisoarea ieri. Ar trebui s-o scrii astzi. Ar fi trebiut s-o fi scris-o ieri. Conditionale 1.Os-o scriu, dac voi avea timp. 2.As scri-o dac as avea timp. 3.As fi scris-o dac as fi avut timp. Scrisoarea se scrie acum. (exist scris) Sctisoarea este scria. Scrisoarea a fost scris. Scrisoarea se scria cnd am intrat n birou. office. Scrisoarea a fost scris ieri. Scrisoarea va fi scris mine. Scrisoarea era scris de ieri. Scrisoarea va fi scris pn disear. He must be writing now. (I am sure) He must have written the leter yesterday. You should write today. You should have written yesterday. I will write it if I have enough time. I would write it I had time. I would have written if you had had time. The letter is being written now. The letter is written. The letter has is been written. The letter was being written when I entered the The letter was written yesterday. The letter will be written tomorrow. The letter was written yesterday. I told you the letter woul be written tonight. I told you the letter had been written tonight. The leter must be written today. The letershould be written today. The letercould be written today. The leter might be written today. The letter must have been written yesterday. The letter can't have been written yesterday. The letter could have been written yesterday. The letter may have been written yesterday.

Scrisoarea probabil c a scris-o ieri. Scrisoarea imposibil s fi fost scris ieri. Scrisoarea sa-r putea s fi fost scris ieri. Scrisoarea sa-r putea s fi fost scris ieri. Indirect Write it. Don't write it. I'm writing. I write novels I've writen it.

He told me to writw it. He asked me not to write it. She said she was writing it. She said she wrote novels. She said she had written it.

I wrote it last night. I will write it. I can write it. I must write it. I should write it. Where does Lis live? How did you travel to Alaska? Have you seen the museum? How are you? How old is she? What time is the next train to Brighton? was? Gerund mi place s scriu mi amintesc c am scris-o. Mi-am amintit c am scros-o. El neag c a furat banii. El a negat c a furat. Prefer s merg pe Jos dect cu autobuzul. Abia astept s Te vd. Nu suport ca el s m mint. Abia astept s te ntlnesc. A izbucnit n rs. L-am surprins dormind n timpul testului. M-a lsat s astept. A nceput s plou. A ncetat. Te deranjeaz dac astepti afar? N-are rost s plngi. Merit s vezi muzeul. Nu m-am putut abtine s nu zmbesc. S-a obisnuit s conduc Ford. M-am obisnuit s conduc pe stnga. El l-a evitat s-i vorbeasc. A sugerat s plecm mai devreme. Nu am chef s gtesc acum. M-am tot sturat s-i tot spun ce s fac.

She said she had written the last night. She said she would write it. She said she could write it. She said shehad to write it. She said she should have written it. She asked where Lis lived. She asked me how I had travelled to Alaska. She wanted to know if had see the museum. She woundered how I was? He wonted to know how old the was? She asked what time the next train to Brighton

I enjoy writing. I rimember eriting it. I rimember having written it. He denies stealing the money. He denies heaving stolen. I prefer walking to goin by bus. I can't wait seeing them. I can't stand him bying to me. I can't bear him bying to me. I'm looking forwar to meeting you. He burst out rying/laughing. I caught him sleeping during the test. He kept me waiting. It started raining. It stopped. Would you waiting outside? It't not used crying. It's worth visiting that museum. I coulden't help smiling. I'm used to driving a Ford. I got used to driving on the left. He tired to avoit talking to her. He suggestid leaving earlier. I don't feel like cooking now. I'm fed up with felling him to do it.

HOLIDAY PLANNING

Road the following dialogues 8. I would like to go abroad next summer. Ok Whet about Spain? Oh, it is a bit too for. Well, let us go to France instead. Yes, that is a good idea. b. Excuse me, sir. Yes. Hove you got anything to declare? Err, no, I have not. Which is your luggage? These two suitcases and this bag are mine. Do you know the regulations, sir? Pardon? Do you have any alcohol or tobacco? Yes, certainly. Here you are. Thank you. Goodbye. Excuse me, madam. Do you have anything to declare? -No, I have not. Do you have any alcohol with you? Yes, I have three bottles of whisky and six bottles of wine. Oh, I am afraid that does far, too much. You can only bring one litter of whisky and two litters of wino with you. OH, I am terribly sorry I did not know. Well, I am afraid you have to pay duty. Oh, dear d. What do you like doing in your spare time? Well, one of my hobbies is listening to music. What about you? Oh, Im not really interested in music, but I enjoy painting . Are you interested in gardening? Not really. I prefer going for long walks. F What do you think of selling? I do not know. I have never tried it.

-Good morning. Can I help you?

-Yes, I would like to book a flight to Dublin. -Yes, madam. When for? -I want to go on yesterday and return on Saturday. -Well, what time do yen want to fly on Wednesday? -I have to be in Dublin by 8 oclock in The evening. -Well, there are two possible flights then. One at 17.40 arriving in Dublin at -18:05 and. one at 18:45 arriving at 19.10. -Oh, It doesnt really better, - I think Ill take the one at I8:45

Our evening class is visiting London next month. Would you like to cone ? When are you going? We are leaving on the 21st and coming back on the 24th. How are you travelling? We are doing by coach. In addition, what is the program? On the first day, we are having a tour of London, and. on the second day there's visit to Oxford. In addition, the third day? On the third day, we are talking a boat to Hampton Court. I se, very interesting. What are you doing on the last day? The last day's a Sunday, so we are gong to Petticoat Lane and then to Dirty Dick's for a drink. What is the program for the evenings? On Friday evening, we are going to the theatre and on Saturday, we are having a tour of old London pubs. How much does it cost? It costs $ 80 That is not very expensive Well, would you like to come? Yes, I would love to .Can I bring a friend? Why not? Good. Thank you for the information. Thats OK. See you at the coach station .

HOLIDAY PLANNING I shall make you some tea.. They made up their mind to go to the seaside. Make room ! We have much luggage He makes no effort to understand the lesson. Rewrite the following sentences replacing the words in bold type by phrases with TO MAKE a) On holiday we met a lot of people and we became good friends. b) He decided to go to the mountains c) You talk too loudly and disturb us d) They chose the right place for their holiday e) He didnt work enough for his exams 3. Fill in the blanks with the right forms of TO MAKE or TO DO : Dont .. such a noise they are working in the next room b) They .... us the favor of accepting our invitation . c) Did you . ... up your mind to spend the weekend in town d) I can t .... a decision so quickly e) Do you ..~. all these exercises ? c) in the Danube Delta I shall mee tmy friends next week You will go in town tomorrow He we leave school soon We shall have an examination next month. They will arrive in a few days 1. Turn the following sentences into the future Add the appropriate adverbs: a) I drink tea b) we finish our work. c) You feel better. d) They do their shopping's. e) He starts for Brasov. f) She travels by train. g) I read the children a story, 2. Put these sentences into the future interrogative and negative according to the pattern: Paul will leave school next year Will Paul leaves school next year? Paul will not leaves school next year. a) The children will the very busy next term b) She will help her mother on Saturday c) They will spend their spring holiday in the countryside d) We shall write the questions on the blackboard e) You will bring a present to your friend f) I shall come to school on Sunday morning 3. Replace the full form of the future by the short form then make the sentences negative Model I shall get her some flowers I WILL GET her some flowers I SHAN'T GET her any flowers He will help us with our work HELL HELP us with our work

HE WONT HELP us with our work a) b) c) d) e) f) We shall begin a new course next week They will meet again during the next term He will join us on the trip You will have a good time at the party I shall be twenty next month She will find the book at the library

B. To be going to future I am going to work hard next week Are you going to help me? He is going to explain the lesson They are going to build new blocks of flats We are not going to spend our holiday at the seaside. 4. Fill in the blanks with the right form of TO BE GOING TO (affirmative or negative) Model you are not warm enough . You.... catch cold Youre not warm enough You are going to catch cold a) I leave now . I .... to be late for school b) He works hard . He , pass his exams c) We are in a hurry . We .... to miss the bus d) There are clouds in the sky . It .... rain e) The weather forecast his excellent . It .. ... rain 5. Use the TO BE GOING TO construction or then SIMPLE FUTURE TENSE of the verbs in brackets : a) b) c) d) e) We (meet) our friend at the airport He (finish) the book next week They (build) a new theatre hall in this district He (study) military doctrine next year The show (begin) in about five minutes

C. Modal verbs CAN We can play football Can they solve these problems 7 You cannot (cant) speak German 6. Answer the following questions: a)Can you speak English ? b)Can you speak Japanese ? c) Can he drive a car? MAY You may use this dictionary

d) Can you play tennis? e) Can you dance well? f) Can you repair a mixer?

 May I use this phone ? You may not smoke in this room 7. Ask permission to smoke in a room to open the door to ~it~ down to leave the office to take a book to use your deskmates pen MUST You must answer my questions on the spot Must I write the whole text ? Answer the following questions a) b) c) d) e) Must you leave on Saturday? Must you smoke so much? Must he write the composition for tomorrow? Must you stop now? Must they speak English during the English class ?

Fill in the blanks with Modal Verbs : a) You have this book when you want it b) .... you give me a helping hand c) - . - he speak Russian fluently ? d) .... you go home so soon ? e) I . . - eat all these cakes. f) You .... open the window. MEMBER the following equivalents CAN TO BE ABLE TO MAY TO BE PERMITTED / ALLOWED TO MUST TO HAVE TO Rewrite the sentences using Modal Verbs :

We are not allowed to smoke in a cinema hall They have to buy tickets when they go to the theatre He isnt able to speak Chinese You are permitted to join us on our- trip I dont have to finish my work today I am able to translate an easy text Mention five actions YOU MUST / CAN I MAY do at school Translate into English :

Cine are de gind sa raspunda la aceasta intrebare? Tom nu de gind sa conduca masina pe timp de noapte.~ Examenele se termina mime. Mu vom ajunge la concert diseara. Grabeste Taxiul va sosi in cinci minute, Cind va pleca trenitl ? El se intilni cit Mary la or-a opt, in -fata magazinului. Cind vor pe cursuriie anul acesta? Mu ai voie sa intirzii, grabestete ! Pot sa te ajut la traducerec ? Ei trebuie sa vina cu trenui. Nu avem voie Eecam in vacanta inainte de 1 august. Pot juca fotbal, dar nu sa joc haschet. Trebuie sa ne facem datoria 1. Introductory questions : a) Do you plan where to spend your holiday? b) Where do you like to spend your holiday? c) Do you take into account the advertisments? d) Where do you intend to spend your next holiday ? 2. Reading Passage: Holiday planning Stop worrying and start planning Boot now your next summer holiday Escape to the sunny Black Sea Coast : golden sands twelve hours of sunshine and moon lit nights and a warm smooth sea. Comfortable hotels, inviting entertainment places. Sports facilities . A land of charm and plenty ~ the Car-patinas. Glorious landscapes. Pollution free environment. Camping sites for all. tastes.. Cool, fresh air and crystal clear water. Enjoy a ten day trip to the Danube Delta, the paradise of wild life. Breath taking sun rises and twilight's. Sometimes advertisements may be of real help :people will make a better choice if they are aware of the places available to holiday makers. Victor : Tom : Victor : Tom : What are you going to do this summer? Im going to a camp What will you do there ? You can have a wide choice. In the morning we go swimming, boating or climbing, In the afternoon we play tennis or chess. At night we it round a camp fire arid sing songs or- tell stories. We will make new friends and have lots of fun

Paul: Where will you spend your holiday this year? David: I will probably go to my grandparents in the countryside. Paul In a village 7 What can you do there all day long? David: You know, I dont like crowds when I am on holiday and I always try to get away from other people 1. Answer the following questions: a) What do the advertisements refer to? b) What requirements should an advertisement meet ? c) How can you spend your- time in each of the places advertised? One of the objects of travel is to go in search of beauty. The beauty spots of the world are magnets which draw pilgrimages year after year. Yet, even more valuables to the traveler i.e. the knowledge, which he gets of his fellow men. It is the story of the stay home who is always ready to call someone, else queer, because his ways are a little different; the much traveled man has sympathy with all sorts of ways and is therefore able to understand another point of view than his own. Frequent travel to other countries would be the best insurance against war. For when

you have stayed in the homes of people of other- nations and grown to like them and to understand their ways, you will. have the greatest antipathy for fighting against them (Joyce Miller :Fifty Model Essays) 3. Answer the following questions according to the pattern a Model : Will he come 7 Will he dance? Hell come but he wont dance a) Will Alice be there? Will she be happy? b) Will they work tomorrow ?Will they work on Sunday? c) Will you do that ?Will you like it? d) Will she join us? Will she stay long? e) Will you plug it in? Will it war-k? 4. Ask questions to which the underlined words are the answer: Model a Paul is going to study TACTICS What is Paul going to study? Paul will study in SIBIU Where will Paul study? a) b) c) d) e) f) 1. George will meet is friends outside the cinema Anns mother- is going to make cakes tomorrow Theyll finish this text book next year He is going to buy a tent The students will have lunch at the canteen Tom is going to answer this letter- in three days.

State whether the sentences below are TRUE or FALSE Replace the false sentences

a) My parents live in Bucharest b) I am living in Pitesti ci We study at the Military College d) We have two English classes every week e) My deskmate is the first in our platoon f) Spring begins on the 25th of May g) It is half past nine , now h) The cadets are taking dictation i) I went home yesterday j) Im going to spend my summer holiday in the countryside 2. Complete the following sentences , paying attention to the tenses a a) I always b) This time yesterday he c) Next week we .... d) Last year they . e) You ... . today f) She .. . now g) Every day we

h) I usually i) In the afternoon he j) Taw weeks ago they 3. Speak about yourself, answering the following questions a a) What is your name ? b) How old are you ? c) What do you do every day? d) When do you have your meals? e) When do you go to sleep ? 9) What kind of books are worth reading in you opinion? h) What did you read last week ? i) Have you any hobbies? j) What subjects are you good at?

4. Ask questions on the underlined words a a) Hell see her at the station b) We saw him last Monday c) I shall help him d) They were having a nap when John arrived e) You come to school to learn f) He meets his friend in the street 5.Give arguments for and against spending your holiday. in the countryside in a big city at home in a camp

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME The following prepositions indicate time: at, on, in, before, after, from, until, till to, for, and since. At is used with the time of day, with an age, and with the words night, first, last, beginning, and end. EXAMPLES: at noon, at night, at midnight, at 7:30 a.m. at the age of twelve at first, at last at the beginning, at the end On is used with days and dates. It can also be used with parts of a certain day and the words time and schedule. EXAMPLE: on Monday, on your birthday on October 18 on the evening of June 8

on time, on schedule In is used with quantities of the time and with the words beginning and end. EXAMPLE: in ten minutes, in an hour in a week, in two years in the beginning, in the end Before and after are used with time of day, with dates, and with nouns that name events or occurrences. EXAMPLE: before noon, after 5:00 p.m. before December 31, after April 15 before the game, after dinner After can also be used with a quantity of time. EXAMPLE: after six months, after thirty zears From is used with to and till/until to indicate periods of time. EXAMPLES: from 1985 to 1993 from May 1 until June 15 from 10:00 a.m. till 5:30 p.m. Until/till can also be used alone with days, dates, and times. EXAMPLES: until next Friday, till next week until 1997, till August 2 until 10:00 p.m., till midnight For is used with periods of time. EXAMPLE: for half an hour, for three weeks, for one year Since is used with definite times. EXAMPLES: since Sunday, since 6:00 this morning, since 1988

The doctor -Hello, Mr. Jones. How are you? -And your wife? -Oh, I am sorry to hear that. What is the matter? -Fine, thanks, Mr. Gibson. -She's not very well. -She's got a terribly cold.

-Hello, Mr. Jones. -How's your cold today? -I'm pleased to hear that.

-Hello. -Much better, thanks.

Tom Smith has stomachache and wants to see Dr Mak. He tires to telephone him, but gets the automatic answering service. Now tom Smith Telephone Dr Mk and makes an appointment. -Dr. Mak's surgery. Good morning. -Good morning. I'd like to make an appointment to see the doctor. I tired to phone Dr Mk, but he was not there. -I sees. What's the trouble? -I've got a terrible pain in my stomach. -Hmm, Can you come right away? -What's the name, please? - Tom Smith. Thank you. Goodbye. -Goodbye. Brian Harvey didn't feel well this morning. Yesterday was his wife's birthday and some friends came round in the evening. They had very large dinner with lots of wife and didn't get to bed until 3 a.m. This morning, Brian woke up a terrible headache and stomach-ache. He didn't have breakfast and stayed at home. Athena he rang Dr Mak's surgery and made an appointment for 10 oclock. What is the trouble?(trouble-a se ingrijora; neplacere; necaz) It's his leg. It is getting worse and worse. It's not getting any better. -I is not feeling very well. I think I've got flu. Can you give me some penicillin, please? -I'm afraid you need a prescription for that. -Oh, dear. Can you recommend anything else for it, them? -Yes, try these. Take there tablets four times a day. Doctor, what's your favorite sprit? Sleighing. I mean apart from business.

The young woman walked boldly up to women whom she took the be superintendent at the hospital. May I see Captain Williams, please? She asked. May ask you who you are? Certainly. I am his sister. Well, well. I'm glad to meet you. I'm his mother.

The hotel --Good evening, sir. -Good evening. We have booked two rooms for tonight. -What's the name, please? -Smith. I'm Tom Smith, and these as my parents. -Yes, sir. You're in room 453, and your parents have got room. Here are your keys. -What floor are won?

-Youre o the second floor and you parents room's on the first floor. Have you got any luggage? -Yes, here's my suitcase. -And your parents luggage? -Theirs is still in the car. Can porter fetch it? -Yes, sir, he'll be here in a minute. -Good afternoon , sir. -Good afternnon. My name is John Smith. I've booked a room for six night. -Yes, I see Mr. Smith. I have your booking here. I'm very sir, but there's a problem. -Oh, relay? Nothing serious, I hope. - Well, you wanted a room with a bath, but unfortunately all our room with baths are taken. All I've got is a room with a shower, if you'd be prepared to take that. -Oh, that will be all right. I do not mind. -I'm terribly sorry, sir. But we're fully booked. -But you confirmed our reservation. -That's right. But there's a group of Australians who were going to leave today. Now their flight has been cancelled, and they're not leaving until tomorrow. Your room will be free tomorrow morning. -Thats no use us. We need a room tonight. -I is very sorry. However, there is nothing I can do, I am afraid. -But where are we to stay tonight? -Well, the only thing I could do is put you up in a single room for one night, and we could put an extra bed in the room for you. -Well, I don't think much of that, of course. However, it looks as though we will have to take that for one night then. I suppose it is better the nothing. -I is very sorry, but that is the best I can do. - Well, OK. It cannot be helped, I suppose.

Traducere Pagina 28 accomplish a indeplini; a termina train a antrena; tren; ademenire; capcana; momire; a instrui task tema; sarcina sheet cearceaf; coala area arie; domeniu; suprafata assignment numire; atribuire aviabile between intre; printre chain catuse; a incatusa; lant chain of command comprise a contine; a cuprinde consist a consta decribe a reprezenta; a zugravi; a descrie

commander define difference down designer enable fleet force format maximize numbered objective operation order outline plan readiness ship one state structure such surface task more topic training organization type unit warfare Pag 28 b Airwing purpose squad staff unifild provide while retain clear particular trough fleet allocate ten designated

capitan de vas; comandant a defini; a delimita; a lamuri a deosebi; deosebire; a diferentia deal; puf; jos; a cobora; a dobori proiectant; desenator a ingadui; a permite a se scurge repede; flota; garla forta; putere; constrangere format; forma a maximaliza numarat; socotit obiectiv; impartial actiune; operatie ordine; serie; succesiune schita; contur; plan a elabora; a planifica; plan promptitudine; dispozitie corabie; vapor o; un; una; unu(numai); unul stat; a declara; stare; a specifica alcatuire; organizare; structura astfel de; cutare; asa; asa cum a polei; suprafata; a lustrui; exterior tema; sarcina mai mult subiect; tema antrenament; instruire organizatie a dactilografia; tip; caracter unitate; intreg razboi; lupta a avea scopul de a; obiectiv; scop pluton; trupa bat; cadre; baston unificat a inzestra; a furniza cat timp; pe cand; pe cata vreme; desi; in timp ce a stavili; a retine clar; a clarifica; a evacua; limpede special; deosebit; particular; exact; propriu; articol prin; printre a se scurge repede; flota; garla a aloca; a distribui zece; nota zece a denumi; a desemna; a indica

through by adding for orientate

prin; printre alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa spre; pentru; in favoarea a se orienta

Pag.29 issue a decurge; editie; urmasi; a rezulta; rezultat; a emite; iesire conduct conducere; comportare; a dirija; a conduce ashorer la mal; pe uscat accomplish a indeplini; a termina ashore la mal; pe uscat assign a aloca; a atribui assist a ajuta unless afara de; numai daca; cu exceptia assumption arogare; prezumtie base a pune bazele; baza; josnic by alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa conduct onducere; comportare; a dirija; a conduce conist heading titlu(de capitol); directie considerable considerabil; insemnat contain a se stapani; a contine; a cuprinde coordinate a se coordona; coordonata; cu acelasi rang; egal covering acoperamant de protectie; invelire designer proiectant; desenator directive directiva; instructiune dissemination semanare; raspandire effect efect; a efectua; rezultat effective efectiv; eficace extending extindere facts fapt; eveniment; intamplare flagship flag stanjenel; steag; lespede force forta; putere; constrangere format format; forma future viitor; urmator granted headquarters sediu central; cartier general immediate urgent; imediat importance insemnatate; importanta into in; inspre; spre issue decurge; editie; urmasi; a rezulta; rezultat; a emite; iesire maybe poate ca; probabil

mission misiune; delegatie misunderstanding neintelegere; confuzie misunderstand a intelege gresit; a interpreta gresit near aproape same aceeasi; acelasi; sus-numitul; identic omission omitere otherwise altfel over peste prescribe prescrie prevent a preveni; a impiedica purpose a cere in casatorie; a ridica paharul pt; a propune; a sugera; a intentiona; a planui regard privire; fata de; in raport cu; grija; atentie; a acorda atentie regarding privitor la same aceeasi; acelasi; sus-numitul; identic signal semnal; semnalizator signed speed viteza; iuteala standard etalon; stindard; nivel standing in picioare; atitudine; stabil stated stat; a declara; stare; a specifica subordinate a subordona; subordonat; inferior suppliment taken part.trecut de la taken (luat) unless afara de; numai daca; cu exceptia when cand; in timp ce; pe cand Pag 29a subdivision into which enemy attachament detascament course intendent feature ending recuire appendix tab amplify any portion become extensive

subdiviziune n care; ce anume; pe care dusman; inamic atasament; sechestru; afectiune detasare; separare(de); indiferenta curs al evenimentelor; pista; ruta a avea de gand; a intentiona rubrica fixa(jurn); trasatura caracteristica; articol de ziar terminatie; sfarsit a cere; a solicita; a reclama; a necesita anexa ureche; butoniera; gaica a amplifica; a mari ceva; niste; nici un; oricare portiune; parte a deveni extins; vast

Pag 30 further stroke silence guard assignment outline dispositions formation under

mai departe; in plus a impresiona prin; descoperirea(unui zcmnt); grev; a descoperi; a bate; a lovi tacere; liniste a pazi; a apara; a proteja numire; atribuire schita; contur; plan dispunere; dispozitie; fire; caracter structura a solului; formatie a domina; sub influenta; mai jos de; mai putin de; sub; sub regimul; dedesubt; subaltern; inferior reference trimitere; raport point a ascuti; a puncta; punct; varf lane banda de circulatie; culoar(sport); ulita land pamant launch barca; a lansa; lansare; salupa cu motor patrol a patrula; patrula; rond search a cerceta; perchezitie; a cauta rescue a salva; a scapa; a elibera inteligence informatii secrete; stiri; ratiune; inteligenta concerning privitor la; referitor la strenght rezistenta; tarie; putere training antrenament; instruire event eveniment state stat; a declara; stare; a specifica following urmator; adepti internal intern; interior describe a reprezenta; a zugravi; a descrie lookout vigilenta; atentie; paznic maintain a mentine; a pastra accompanying insotitor; a insoti status cetatenie; statut legal; stare; situatie surface a polei; suprafata; a lustrui; exterior man omenire(generic); om; barbat overboard peste bord identify a se identifica cu; a identifica weapon arma missile proiectil tote a proceda cinstit; a transporta board consiliu de conducere; pensiune; planseta; scandura pertain a se raporta la; a apartine sing a semna; indiciu; semn call a chema; chemare; convorbire telefonica; a striga

Pag 30 annexe appendix capabilitiy concert cruise enemy events flown further guard assigment intelligence land lanes launch list outline patrol point policies rescue safety schedules search sheet silence shift body strength stricken strike adaugire; anexa anexa capacitate a cadea de acord; concert; a aranja; intelegere croaziera; a naviga; a zbura dusman; inamic eveniment part. trecut de la fly mai departe; in plus a pazi; a apara; a proteja a aloca; a atribui pamant banda de circulatie; culoar(sport); ulita barca; a lansa; lansare; salupa cu motor a trece pe o lista; lista; catalog schita; contur; plan a patrula; patrula; rond a ascuti; a puncta; punct; varf politica guvernamentala a salva; a scapa; a elibera fara riscuri; securitate; siguranta schema; a programa; program; plan a cerceta; perchezitie; a cauta cearceaf; coala tacere; liniste a schimba; a muta corp; organizatie; trup rezistenta; tarie; putere part. trecut de la strike; ranit; lovit; indurerat a impresiona prin; descoperirea(unui zacamant); greva; a descoperi; a bate; a lovi

under various which

a domina; sub influenta; mai jos de; mai putin de; sub; sub regimul; dedesubt; subaltern; inferior variat care; ce anume; pe care

Pag X21 other alt(ul); alta; alte; celalalt log bustean; butuc requrie a cere; a solicita; a reclama; a necesita turn a intoarce; a invarti estabilished stabilit timely actual; oportun manner fel de a fi; maniera; mod set set; grup; multime; tendinta; a aseza; a fixa; a pune; a corecta bearing rulment; aspect; comportare range a randui; rand; sir con a pilota o nava relay releu; stafeta; schimb every toate; toti; fiecare display expunere; prezentare; a desfasura spread; a expune; ecran(inf.) watch a pandi; a veghea; paza; atentie; ceas; paznic thoroughly cu totul; complet length lungime; durata proper adecvat; pe cinste; real(mat); indicat; propriu; exact; potrivit blast a distruge; rafal; a sfrma; suflu whistle fluieratura; a suiera; fluier; a fluiera break recreatie; a rupe; ruptura; a sparge white alb; onest; palid; pur rocket racheta cu reactie flare valvataie; a arde cu flacara; palpaire pab 2 engine require inboard comply whit aircraft carrier drop flare involved fear ignite fuel purpose locomotiva; motor a cere; a solicita; a reclama; a necesita nuntru, interior a consimti; a incuviinta; a se supune pic; strop pag.32 avioane; avion caraus; expeditor a lasa sa cada; bomboana; a cadea; picatura; strop valvataie; a arde cu flacara; palpaire amestecat; incurcat; implicat teama; a se teme; a fi ingrijorat; frica a aprinde; a inflama combustibil a avea scopul de a; obiectiv; scop

while

cat timp; pe cand; pe cata vreme; desi; in timp ce

provide a inzestra; a furniza almost aproape reference trimitere; raport device procedeu; mecanism concerned implicat; interesat with alaturi de; in grija; cu; privitor la head a fi in frunte; a fi primul; cap; minte bearing rulment; aspect; comportare true adevarat; real increase mari; spor; adaugire; sporire; crestere; a spori; a creste become a deveni weapons arme called chemat; numit provide a inzestra; a furniza log bustean; butuc also de asemenea lower aer posac/amenintator; a apleca; a cobori keel chila navei(mar. either oricare(din doi); fiecare missile proiectil range a randui; rand; sir emphasis accentuare accurate basically in esenta range a randui; rand; sir bearing rulment; aspect; comportare require` a cere; a solicita; a reclama; a necesita bounce a ricosa; salt; a sari; saritura skin piele great mare; maret; mult; important; enorm; minunat; priceput; bun cunoscator contact think a gandi; a medita strenght rezistenta; tarie; putere target tinta; sarcina available disponibil screwing count conte; a numra; a socoti warfare razboi; lupta light a se cobora; a se lasa; a lumina; usor; lumina zilei; felinar; a aprinde; delicat vary diversifica; a modifica